]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Regenerate.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18787 48933))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (18791 16530))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93
94 \(fn)" t nil)
95
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
101
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
104
105 \(fn)" t nil)
106
107 ;;;***
108 \f
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
112
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
116
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
118
119 ;;;***
120 \f
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18789
125 ;;;;;; 14212))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
127
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
129
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
134
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
136
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
140
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
142
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
149
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
151
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
154
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
156
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
159
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
168
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
172
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
174
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
179
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
182
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
184
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
188
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
192
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
196
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
200
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
203
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
205
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
210
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
212
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
219
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
221
222 \(fn)" t nil)
223
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
226
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
229
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
232
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
235
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
238
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
244
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
246
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
248
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
254
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
257
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
259
260 ;;;***
261 \f
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18787 48921))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
266
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
277
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
279
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
288
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
290
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
293
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
295
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
298
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
300
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
313
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
315
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
334
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY...)
342
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
368
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
371
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
383
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
387 BODY...)
388
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
390
391 ;;;***
392 \f
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18811 42750))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
397
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
405
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
409
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
414
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
416
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
427 options.
428
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
431
432 Fred (123) 456-7890
433 Alice (123) 456-7890
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
435 Joe (123) 456-7890
436
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
440
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
442
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
448 align that section.
449
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
451
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
459
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
461
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
468 to be colored.
469
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
471
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474
475 \(fn)" t nil)
476
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
479
480 \(fn)" t nil)
481
482 ;;;***
483 \f
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
487
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
489
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
491
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
493
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
495
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
497
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
499
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
501
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
503
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
505
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
507
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
509
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
511
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
513
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
515
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
517
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
519
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
522 \\<allout-mode-map>
523
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
527
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
533 outline.)
534
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
536
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
545
546 and many other features.
547
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
553
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
562
563 Exposure Control:
564 ----------------
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
570
571 Navigation:
572 ----------
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
583
584
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
590
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
596 current topic
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
603
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
614
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
619
620 Misc commands:
621 -------------
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
624 for `allout-layout'.
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
633 format.
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
635 auto-activation.
636
637 Topic Encryption
638
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
643
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
648
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
652 pitfalls.
653
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
656 for details.
657
658 HOT-SPOT Operation
659
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
662
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
668
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
674
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
682
683 Extending Allout
684
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
688
689 `allout-mode-hook'
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
695
696 Terminology
697
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
699
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
703 CURRENT ITEM:
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
707 called the:
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
709
710 ANCESTORS:
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
713 of the ITEM.
714 OFFSPRING:
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
716 SUBTOPIC:
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
718 CHILD:
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
720 SIBLINGS:
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
722
723 Topic text constituents:
724
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
726 text.
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
729 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
737 the PREFIX.
738
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
740 of the ITEM.
741 PREFIX-LEAD:
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
745
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
753 PREFIX-PADDING:
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
765 more details.
766 EXPOSURE:
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
769 CONCEALED:
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
772
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
776
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
778
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
780
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
783
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
786
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
788
789 ;;;***
790 \f
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18849 38521))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
794
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
796
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
803
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
805
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
807 Not documented
808
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
810
811 ;;;***
812 \f
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18787 48933))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
816
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
824
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
826
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
830
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
832
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
836
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
838
839 ;;;***
840 \f
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18787 48911))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
844
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
847
848 \(fn)" t nil)
849
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
852
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
857
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
860
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
862
863 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
864
865 ;;;***
866 \f
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18791 16530))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
870
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
876 \\[yank].
877
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
881 the rules.
882
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
887
888 \(fn)" t nil)
889
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
892 \\{antlr-mode-map}
893
894 \(fn)" t nil)
895
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
899
900 \(fn)" nil nil)
901
902 ;;;***
903 \f
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18787 48920))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
907
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
911
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
916
917 \(fn)" t nil)
918
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
926
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
928
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
931
932 \(fn)" nil nil)
933
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
938
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
940
941 ;;;***
942 \f
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18848 908))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
947
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
952
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
955
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
957
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
964
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 normal variables.
967
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
969
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
971
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
978
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
981
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
984
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
987
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
989
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
992
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
994
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
999
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1004
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1007
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1009
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1011
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1016
1017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1018
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1025
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1029
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1031
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1038
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1041 bindings.
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1043
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1045
1046 ;;;***
1047 \f
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18787
1049 ;;;;;; 48911))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1051
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1058
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 archive.
1062
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1064
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1066
1067 ;;;***
1068 \f
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18794 5653))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1071
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1074
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1078
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1080
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1084
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 The variables are:
1090
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1098
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1102
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1105
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1110
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1115
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1120
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1123
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1126
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1131
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1133
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1135
1136 \(fn)" t nil)
1137
1138 ;;;***
1139 \f
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18829
1141 ;;;;;; 65374))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1143
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1145 Toggle Artist mode.
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1149
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1151
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1153
1154
1155 How to submit a bug report
1156
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1158
1159
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1161
1162 mouse-2
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 below).
1166
1167 mouse-1
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 or pastes:
1170
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1174 to new point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1191 lines
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Paste Paste Paste
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1201
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 or diagonally.
1204
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 poly-lines.
1210
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1214
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1218
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1220
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1223
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1227
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 some time to fill.
1230
1231
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1234
1235
1236 Settings
1237
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1239
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1241
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1243
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1245
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1248
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1250
1251
1252 Drawing with keys
1253
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1260
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1262
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1264
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1271
1272
1273 Arrows
1274
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1277
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1280
1281
1282 Selecting operation
1283
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1285
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1306
1307
1308 Variables
1309
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1312
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1332
1333 Hooks
1334
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1337
1338
1339 Keymap summary
1340
1341 \\{artist-mode-map}
1342
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1344
1345 ;;;***
1346 \f
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18787
1348 ;;;;;; 48933))
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1350
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1354
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1359
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1362
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1365
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1367
1368 Special commands:
1369 \\{asm-mode-map}
1370
1371 \(fn)" t nil)
1372
1373 ;;;***
1374 \f
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1378
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1382
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1384
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1395
1396 For example:
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1402
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1404
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1406
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1413
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1415
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1422
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1424
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1426
1427 ;;;***
1428 \f
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1432
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1435
1436 \(fn)" t nil)
1437
1438 ;;;***
1439 \f
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18787 48911))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1443
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1447
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1449
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1454
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1456
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1463
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1465
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1470
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1473
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1475
1476 ;;;***
1477 \f
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1482
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1484
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1490
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1492
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1494
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1501
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1504
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1506
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1510
1511 \(fn)" nil nil)
1512
1513 ;;;***
1514 \f
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18787 48911))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1519
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1522
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1528
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1530
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1533
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1536
1537 \(fn)" nil nil)
1538
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1542
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1548
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1552
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1554
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1556
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1559
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1562
1563 \(fn)" nil nil)
1564
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1571
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1573
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1576
1577 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1578 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1579 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1580
1581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1582
1583 ;;;***
1584 \f
1585 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1586 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18787 48911))
1587 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1588
1589 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1590 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1591 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1594
1595 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1596
1597 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1598 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1599 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1600 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1601
1602 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1603 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1604 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1605
1606 Effects of the different modes:
1607 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1608 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1609 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1610 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1611 a random distance & direction.
1612 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1613 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1614 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1615
1616 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1617
1618 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1619 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1620 definition of \"random distance\".)
1621
1622 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1623
1624 ;;;***
1625 \f
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1627 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
1628 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1629 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1630
1631 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1632 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1633 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1634 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1635
1636 \(fn)" t nil)
1637
1638 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1639 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1640 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1643 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1644
1645 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1648 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1649 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1650 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1651 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1652 seconds.
1653
1654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1655
1656 ;;;***
1657 \f
1658 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1659 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18787 48921))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1661
1662 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1663 Time execution of FORMS.
1664 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1665 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1666 FORMS once.
1667 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1668 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1669 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1670
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1672
1673 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1674 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1675 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1676 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1677 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1678
1679 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1680
1681 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1682 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1683 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1684 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1685 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1686
1687 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1688
1689 ;;;***
1690 \f
1691 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1692 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18846 15695))
1693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1694
1695 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1696 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1697 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1698 of corresponding buffers.
1699 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1700 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1701 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1702 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1703 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1704 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1705
1706 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1707
1708 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1709 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1710
1711 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1712
1713 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1714 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1715 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1716 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1717
1718 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1719 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1720 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1721 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1722 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1723
1724 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1725 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1726
1727
1728 Special information:
1729
1730 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1731
1732 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1733 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1734 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1735 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1736 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1737 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1738 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1739 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1740 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1741 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1742 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1743
1744 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1745 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1746 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1747 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1748 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1749 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1750 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1751 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1752
1753 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1754
1755 ----------------------------------------------------------
1756 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1757 if that value is non-nil.
1758
1759 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1760
1761 \(fn)" t nil)
1762
1763 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1764 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1765 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1766 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1767 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1768 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1769 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1770 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1771 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1772 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1773
1774 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1775
1776 ;;;***
1777 \f
1778 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1779 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
1780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1782
1783 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1784 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1785
1786 \(fn)" t nil)
1787
1788 ;;;***
1789 \f
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1791 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1792 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
1793 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1794
1795 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1796
1797 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1798 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1799 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1800
1801 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1802
1803 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1804 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1805
1806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1807
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1810
1811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1812
1813 ;;;***
1814 \f
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18787
1816 ;;;;;; 48933))
1817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1818
1819 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1820 Play blackbox.
1821 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1822
1823 What is blackbox?
1824
1825 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1826 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1827 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1828 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1829 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1830 your score.
1831
1832 Overview of play:
1833
1834 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1835 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1836 four.
1837
1838 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1839 movement keys.
1840
1841 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1842 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1843
1844 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1845 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1846
1847 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1848 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1849 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1850 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1851 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1852 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1853
1854 Details:
1855
1856 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1857
1858 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1859 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1860 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1861 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1862
1863 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1864 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1865 denoted by the letter `R'.
1866
1867 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1868 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1869 denoted by the letter `H'.
1870
1871 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1872 example.
1873
1874 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1875 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1876 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1877 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1878 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1879 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1880 ray.
1881
1882 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1883 degree deflection it causes.
1884
1885 1
1886 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1887 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1888 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1889 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1893 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1894 2 3
1895
1896 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1897 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1898
1899
1900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1903 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1908
1909 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1910 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1911 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1912 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1913 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1914 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1915 emerging from the box.
1916
1917 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1918
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1924 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927
1928 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1929 a reflection.
1930
1931 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1932
1933 ;;;***
1934 \f
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1936 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1937 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1938 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18787
1939 ;;;;;; 48911))
1940 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1941 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1942 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1943 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1944
1945 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1946 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1947 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1948 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1949 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1950 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1951 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1954 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1955 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1956 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1957 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1958 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1959 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1960 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1961 recent one.
1962
1963 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1964 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1965 yank successive words.
1966
1967 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1968 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1969 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1970 name of the file being visited.
1971
1972 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1973 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1974 the list of bookmarks.)
1975
1976 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1977
1978 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1979 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1980 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1981 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1982 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1983 this.
1984
1985 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1986 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1987 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1988 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1989
1990 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1991
1992 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
1993 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
1994 See `bookmark-jump'.
1995
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1997
1998 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
1999 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2000 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2001 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2002 after a bookmark was set in it.
2003
2004 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2005
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2008 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2009 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2010
2011 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2012
2013 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2014
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2016 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2017 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2018 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2019
2020 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2021 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2022 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2023
2024 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2025 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2026 name.
2027
2028 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2029
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2032 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2033 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2034 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2035 this.
2036
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2038
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2040 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2041 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2042 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2043 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2044 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2045 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2046 probably because we were called from there.
2047
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2049
2050 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2051 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2052 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2053
2054 \(fn)" t nil)
2055
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2057 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2058 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2059 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2060 \(second argument).
2061
2062 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2063 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2064 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2065 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2066 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2067
2068 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2069 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2070 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2071 `bookmark-default-file'.
2072
2073 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2074
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2076 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2077 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2078 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2079 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2080 while loading.
2081
2082 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2083 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2084 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2085 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2086 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2087 explicitly.
2088
2089 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2090 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2091 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2092 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2093
2094 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2095
2096 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2097 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2098 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2099 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2100 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2101
2102 \(fn)" t nil)
2103
2104 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2105
2106 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2107
2108 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2109
2110 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2111
2112 ;;;***
2113 \f
2114 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2115 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2116 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2117 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2118 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2119 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2120 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2121 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2122 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2123 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
2124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2125
2126 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2127 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2128 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2129 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2130
2131 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2132 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2133 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2134 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2135 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2136
2137 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2138
2139 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2140 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2141
2142 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2143
2144 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2145 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2146
2147 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2148
2149 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2150 Not documented
2151
2152 \(fn)" nil nil)
2153
2154 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2156 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2157 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2158 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2159 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2160
2161 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2162
2163 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2164 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2165 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2166 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2167 narrowed.
2168
2169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2170
2171 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2172 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2173
2174 \(fn)" t nil)
2175
2176 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2177 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2178
2179 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2180
2181 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2184 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2185
2186 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2187
2188 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2189 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2190 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2191 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2192
2193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2194
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2196 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2197 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2198 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2199 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2200 to use.
2201
2202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2203
2204 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2205 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2206 Default to the URL around or before point.
2207
2208 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2209 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2210 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2211 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2212
2213 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2214 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2215
2216 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2217 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2218
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2220
2221 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2223 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2224 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2225
2226 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2227 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2228 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2229 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2230
2231 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2234
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2236 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2237
2238 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2239
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2242 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2243 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2244
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2247 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2249
2250 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2251 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2252 new tab in an existing window instead.
2253
2254 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2255 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2256
2257 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2258
2259 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2260 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2261 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2262 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2263 Firefox.
2264
2265 When called interactively, if variable
2266 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2267 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2268 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2269 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2270
2271 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2272 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2273 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2274
2275 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2276 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2277
2278 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2279 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2280 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2281 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2282 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2283 URL in a new window.
2284
2285 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2286
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2290 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2291
2292 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2293 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2294 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2295 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2296
2297 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2298 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2299 new tab in an existing window instead.
2300
2301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2303
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2305
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2308
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2310
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2315
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2318 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2319 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2325
2326 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2328
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2331 program is invoked according to the variable
2332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2333
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338
2339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341
2342 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2346 Default to the URL around or before point.
2347
2348 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2349 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2350 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2351
2352 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2353 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2354 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2355 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2356
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2359
2360 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point.
2365
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2368 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2369
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2372
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2377 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2378 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2379
2380 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2381
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2384 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2385 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2386 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2387 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2388
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2390
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2393 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2394 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2395 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2396
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2399 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2408 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2409 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2410 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2411 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2412 current one.
2413
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2416 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2417 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2427 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2428 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2429 don't offer a form of remote control.
2430
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2436
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Default to the URL around the point.
2442
2443 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2444 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2445
2446 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2447 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2448
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2450
2451 ;;;***
2452 \f
2453 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18787
2454 ;;;;;; 48933))
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2456
2457 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2458 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2459
2460 \(fn)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2463 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2464
2465 \(fn)" nil nil)
2466
2467 ;;;***
2468 \f
2469 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2470 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18853 58440))
2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2472
2473 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2474 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2475 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2476 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2477
2478 \(fn)" t nil)
2479
2480 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2481 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2482 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2483 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2484
2485 \(fn)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2488 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2489
2490 \(fn)" t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2493 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2494 \\<bs-mode-map>
2495 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2496 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2497 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2498 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2499
2500 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2501 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2502 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2503 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2504 name of buffer configuration.
2505
2506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2507
2508 ;;;***
2509 \f
2510 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18787 48933))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2512
2513 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2514 Play Bubbles game.
2515
2516 \(fn)" t nil)
2517
2518 ;;;***
2519 \f
2520 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2521 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 25728))
2522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2523
2524 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2525
2526 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2527 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2528
2529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2530
2531 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2532 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2533
2534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2535
2536 ;;;***
2537 \f
2538 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2539 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2540 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2541 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2542 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2543 ;;;;;; (18825 40643))
2544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2545 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2546 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2547 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2548 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2549
2550 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2551 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2552
2553 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2554
2555 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2556 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2557 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2558 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2559 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2560 else the global value will be modified.
2561
2562 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2563
2564 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2565 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2566 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2567 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2568 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2569 else the global value will be modified.
2570
2571 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2572
2573 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2574 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2575 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2576
2577 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2578
2579 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2580 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2581 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2582 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2583
2584 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2585 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2586 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2587 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2588 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2589 before scanning it.
2590
2591 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2592 that already has a `.elc' file.
2593
2594 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2595 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2596
2597 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2598 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2599 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2600 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2601 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2602 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2603
2604 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2605
2606 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2607 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2608 Print the result in the echo area.
2609 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2610
2611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2612
2613 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2614 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2615 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2616
2617 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2618
2619 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2620 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2621 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2622 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2623 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2624 all functions called by those functions.
2625
2626 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2627 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2628 cons, etc.).
2629
2630 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2631 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2632 invoked interactively.
2633
2634 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2635
2636 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2637 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2638 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2639 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2640
2641 \(fn)" nil nil)
2642
2643 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2644 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2645 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2646 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2647 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2648 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2649 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2650 already up-to-date.
2651
2652 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2655 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2656 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2657 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2658
2659 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2660 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2661 and corresponding effects.
2662
2663 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2664
2665 ;;;***
2666 \f
2667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18787
2668 ;;;;;; 48920))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2670
2671 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2672
2673 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18787 48920))
2678 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2679
2680 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2681
2682 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2683
2684 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2685
2686 ;;;***
2687 \f
2688 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2689 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
2690 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2691
2692 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2693 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2694 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2695 from the cursor position.
2696
2697 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2698
2699 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2700
2701 ;;;***
2702 \f
2703 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2704 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2705 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2706 ;;;;;; (18791 16515))
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2708
2709 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2710 File in which to record permanent settings.")
2711
2712 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2713 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2714
2715 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2716 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2717
2718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2719
2720 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2721 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2722
2723 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2724
2725 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2726 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2727
2728 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2729
2730 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2731 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2732
2733 \(fn)" t nil)
2734
2735 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2736 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2737 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2738 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2739
2740 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2741
2742 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2743 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2744 This is most useful in the X window system.
2745 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2746 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2747
2748 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2749
2750 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2751 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2752 See calc-keypad for details.
2753
2754 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2757 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2758
2759 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2760
2761 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2762 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2763
2764 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2765
2766 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2767 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2768
2769 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2770
2771 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2772 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2773 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2778 Define Calc function.
2779
2780 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2781 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2782 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2783
2784 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2785 actual Lisp function name.
2786
2787 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2788
2789 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2790
2791 ;;;***
2792 \f
2793 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18787
2794 ;;;;;; 48911))
2795 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2796
2797 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2798 Run the Emacs calculator.
2799 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2800
2801 \(fn)" t nil)
2802
2803 ;;;***
2804 \f
2805 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18834
2806 ;;;;;; 56792))
2807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2808
2809 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2810 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2811 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2812 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2813 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2814 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2815
2816 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2817 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2818 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2819 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2820 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2821 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2822 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2823 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2824 window.
2825
2826 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2827 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2828
2829 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2830 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2831 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2832 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2833 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2834 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2835
2836 Runs the following hooks:
2837
2838 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2839 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2840 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2841 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2842
2843 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2844
2845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2846
2847 ;;;***
2848 \f
2849 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2850 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18787 48925))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2852
2853 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2854 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2855
2856 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2857
2858 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2859 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2860 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2861 it fails.
2862
2863 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2864
2865 ;;;***
2866 \f
2867 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2868 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2870
2871 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2872 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2873
2874 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2875 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2876 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2877 restriction to ASCII.
2878
2879 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2880
2881 capitalizedWorDD
2882 ^ ^ ^^
2883
2884 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2885 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2886 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2887
2888 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2889 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2890 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2891 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2892 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2893 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2894 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2895
2896 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2897 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2898
2899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2900
2901 ;;;***
2902 \f
2903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18787
2904 ;;;;;; 48934))
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2906 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2907
2908 ;;;***
2909 \f
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2911 ;;;;;; (18848 16181))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2913
2914 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2915 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2916
2917 \(fn)" nil nil)
2918
2919 ;;;***
2920 \f
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2922 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (18819 46976))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2925
2926 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2927 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2928 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2929 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2930 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2931 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2932 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2933
2934 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2935
2936 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2937 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2938 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2939 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2940 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2941 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2942 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2943 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2944 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2945 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2946
2947 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2948 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2949 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2950 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2951 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2952 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2953
2954 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2955
2956 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2957 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2958
2959 Key bindings:
2960 \\{c-mode-map}
2961
2962 \(fn)" t nil)
2963
2964 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2965 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2966
2967 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2968 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2969 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2970 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2971 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2972 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2973 message.
2974
2975 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2976
2977 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2978 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
2979
2980 Key bindings:
2981 \\{c++-mode-map}
2982
2983 \(fn)" t nil)
2984
2985 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2986 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2987 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
2988
2989 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2990 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2991 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2992 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2993 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2994 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2995 message.
2996
2997 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2998
2999 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3000 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3001
3002 Key bindings:
3003 \\{objc-mode-map}
3004
3005 \(fn)" t nil)
3006
3007 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3008 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3009 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3010
3011 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3012 Major mode for editing Java code.
3013 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3014 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3015 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3016 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3017 message.
3018
3019 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3020
3021 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3022 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3023
3024 Key bindings:
3025 \\{java-mode-map}
3026
3027 \(fn)" t nil)
3028
3029 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3030 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3031 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3032
3033 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3034 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3035 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3036 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3037 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3038 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3039 message.
3040
3041 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3042
3043 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3044 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3045
3046 Key bindings:
3047 \\{idl-mode-map}
3048
3049 \(fn)" t nil)
3050
3051 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3052 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3053 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3054 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3055
3056 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3057 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3058 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3059 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3060 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3061 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3062 message.
3063
3064 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3065
3066 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3067 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3068
3069 Key bindings:
3070 \\{pike-mode-map}
3071
3072 \(fn)" t nil)
3073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3074 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3075 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3076 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3077 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3078 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3079
3080 ;;;***
3081 \f
3082 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3083 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18794 5654))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3085
3086 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3087 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3088 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3089 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3090
3091 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3092
3093 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3094 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3095 might get set too.
3096
3097 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3098 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3099 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3100 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3101 way.
3102
3103 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3104 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3105 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3106 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3107 a null operation.
3108
3109 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3110
3111 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3112 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3113 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3114 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3115
3116 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3117
3118 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3119 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3120 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3121
3122 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3123
3124 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3125 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3126 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3127 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3128 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3129
3130 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3131
3132 ;;;***
3133 \f
3134 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3135 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3137
3138 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3139 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3140 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3141 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3142 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3143 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3144 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3145 Here are some examples:
3146
3147 Nomenclature Subwords
3148 ===========================================================
3149 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3150 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3151 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3152
3153 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3154 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3155 as words.
3156
3157 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3158
3159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3160
3161 ;;;***
3162 \f
3163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18794 5654))
3164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3165 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3166 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3167 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3168
3169 ;;;***
3170 \f
3171 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3172 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3173 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
3174 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3175
3176 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3177 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3178
3179 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3180
3181 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3182 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3183
3184 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3185
3186 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3187 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3188
3189 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3190 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3191 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3192 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3193 execution.
3194
3195 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3196
3197 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3198
3199 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3200 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3201
3202 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3203 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3204 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3205 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3206
3207 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3208 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3209 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3210 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3211 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3212 `write' commands.
3213
3214 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3215 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3216 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3217 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3218
3219 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3220 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3221 semantics.
3222
3223 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3224
3225 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3226
3227 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3228
3229 STATEMENT :=
3230 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3231 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3232
3233 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3234 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3235 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3236 | integer
3237
3238 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3239
3240 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3241 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3242 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3243
3244 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3245 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3246 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3247
3248 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3249 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3250
3251 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3252 BREAK := (break)
3253
3254 REPEAT :=
3255 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3256 (repeat)
3257 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3258 ;; (repeat))
3259 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3260 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3261 ;; (read REG)
3262 ;; (repeat))
3263 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3264 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3265 ;; (read REG)
3266 ;; (repeat))
3267 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3268
3269 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3270 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3271 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3272 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3273 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3274 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3275 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3276 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3277 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3278 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3279 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3280 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3281 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3282 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3283 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3284 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3285
3286 WRITE :=
3287 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3288 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3289 ;; representation.
3290 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3291 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3292 ;; (write r7))
3293 | (write EXPRESSION)
3294 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3295 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3296 ;; representation.
3297 | (write integer)
3298 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3299 ;; buffer.
3300 | (write string)
3301 ;; Same as: (write string)
3302 | string
3303 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3304 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3305 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3306 ;; representation.
3307 | (write REG ARRAY)
3308 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3309 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3310 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3311 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3312 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3313 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3314
3315 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3316 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3317
3318 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3319 END := (end)
3320
3321 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3322 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3323 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3324
3325 ARG := REG | integer
3326
3327 OPERATOR :=
3328 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3329 + | - | * | / | %
3330
3331 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3332 | & | `|' | ^
3333
3334 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3335 | << | >>
3336
3337 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3338 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3339 | <8
3340
3341 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3342 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3343 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3344 | >8
3345
3346 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3347 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3348 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3349 | //
3350
3351 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3352 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3353
3354 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3355 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3356 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3357 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3358 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3359 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3360 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3361 | de-sjis
3362
3363 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3364 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3365 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3366 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3367 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3368 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3369 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3370 ;; byte of SJIS.
3371 | en-sjis
3372
3373 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3374 ;; Same meaning as C code
3375 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3376
3377 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3378 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3379 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3380 | <8=
3381
3382 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3383 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3384 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3385
3386 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3387 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3388 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3389 | //=
3390
3391 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3392
3393
3394 TRANSLATE :=
3395 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3396 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3397 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3398 LOOKUP :=
3399 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3400 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3401 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3402 MAP :=
3403 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3404 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3405 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3406 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3407 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3408 MAP-ID := integer
3409
3410 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3411
3412 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3413 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3414 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3415 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3416 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3417 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3418
3419 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3420
3421 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3422 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3423 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3424
3425 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3426
3427 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3428
3429 ;;;***
3430 \f
3431 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3432 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3434
3435 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3436 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3437 There are no special keybindings by default.
3438
3439 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3440 to the action header.
3441
3442 \(fn)" t nil)
3443
3444 ;;;***
3445 \f
3446 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3447 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18787 48921))
3448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3449
3450 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3451 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3452 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3453
3454 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3455
3456 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3457 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3458 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3459 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3460 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3461
3462 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3463
3464 ;;;***
3465 \f
3466 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3467 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3468 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3469 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3470 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3471 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3472 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3473 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3474 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3476 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3477 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3478
3479 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3480 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3481 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3482 the users will view as each check is completed.
3483
3484 \(fn)" t nil)
3485
3486 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3487 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3488 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3489 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3490 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3491 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3492 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3493 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3494
3495 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3496
3497 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3498 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3499 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3500 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3501 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3502 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3503 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3504 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3505
3506 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3507
3508 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3509 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3510 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3511 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3512 spacing are all verified.
3513
3514 \(fn)" t nil)
3515
3516 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3517 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3518 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3519 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3520 otherwise stop after the first error.
3521
3522 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3523
3524 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3525 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3526 Only documentation strings are checked.
3527 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3528 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3529 a separate buffer.
3530
3531 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3532
3533 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3534 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3535 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3536 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3537 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3538
3539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3540
3541 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3542 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3543 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3544 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3545 if there is one.
3546
3547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3548
3549 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3550 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3552 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3553 if there is one.
3554 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3555
3556 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3557
3558 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3559 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3560 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3561
3562 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3563
3564 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3565 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3566 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3567 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3568 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3569
3570 \(fn)" t nil)
3571
3572 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3573 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3574 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3575 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3576 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3577 space at the end of each line.
3578
3579 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3580
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3582 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3583 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3584 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3585
3586 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3587
3588 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3589 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3590 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3592
3593 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3594
3595 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3596 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3597 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3598 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3599
3600 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3601
3602 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3603 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3604 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3605 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3606
3607 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3608
3609 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3610 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3611 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3612 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3613
3614 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3615
3616 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3617 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3618 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3619 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3620
3621 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3622
3623 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3624 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3625 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3626 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3627
3628 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3629
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3631 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3632 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3633 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3634
3635 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3636
3637 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3638 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3639 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3640 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3641
3642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3643
3644 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3645 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3646 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3647 turn it off.
3648
3649 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3650 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3651 checking of documentation strings.
3652
3653 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3654
3655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3656
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3660 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3661 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18787 48928))
3662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3663
3664 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3665 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3666 Return the length of resulting text.
3667
3668 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3669
3670 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3671 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3672
3673 \(fn)" t nil)
3674
3675 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3676 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3677 Return the length of resulting text.
3678
3679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3680
3681 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3682 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3683
3684 \(fn)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3687 Not documented
3688
3689 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3690
3691 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3692 Not documented
3693
3694 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3695
3696 ;;;***
3697 \f
3698 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3699 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18787 48911))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3701
3702 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3703 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3704 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3705 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3706 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3707 editing and the result is evaluated.
3708
3709 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3710
3711 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3712 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3713 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3714 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3715 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3716
3717 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3718
3719 \(fn)" t nil)
3720
3721 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3722 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3723 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3724 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3725 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3726
3727 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3728 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3729 \\{command-history-map}
3730
3731 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3732 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3733
3734 \(fn)" t nil)
3735
3736 ;;;***
3737 \f
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18787 48921))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3740
3741 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3742 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3743 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3744 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3745 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3746 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3747
3748 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3749 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3750
3751 ;;;***
3752 \f
3753 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3754 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3756
3757 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3758 Not documented
3759
3760 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3761
3762 ;;;***
3763 \f
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3765 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3767
3768 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3769 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3770 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3771 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3772
3773 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3774 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3775 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3776 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3777
3778 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3779 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3780
3781 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3782
3783 ;;;***
3784 \f
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18825
3786 ;;;;;; 40643))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3788
3789 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3790 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3791 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3792 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3793 of `scheme-program-name').
3794 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3795 it is given as initial input.
3796 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3797 discards input when it starts up.
3798 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3799 is run).
3800 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3801
3802 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3803 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3804
3805 ;;;***
3806 \f
3807 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3808 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3809 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3810 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
3811 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3812
3813 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3814 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3815 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3816 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3817 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3818 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3819 functions have already modified the buffer.
3820
3821 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3822
3823 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3824 either globally or locally.")
3825
3826 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3827
3828 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3829 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3830 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3831 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3832 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3833 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3834 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3835 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3836
3837 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3838
3839 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3840
3841 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3842 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3843 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3844 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3845 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3846 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3847 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3848 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3849
3850 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3851
3852 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3853
3854 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3855 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3856 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3857 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3858 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3859 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3860
3861 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3862
3863 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3864 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3865 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3866 directory tracking functions.")
3867
3868 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3869 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3870 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3871
3872 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3873
3874 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3877 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3878 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3879
3880 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3881
3882 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3883
3884 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3885 Send COMMAND to current process.
3886 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3887 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3888
3889 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3890
3891 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3892 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3893 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3894 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3895
3896 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3897
3898 ;;;***
3899 \f
3900 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18787
3901 ;;;;;; 48911))
3902 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3903
3904 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3905 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3906 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3907 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3908
3909 This command pushes the mark in each window
3910 at the prior location of point in that window.
3911 If both windows display the same buffer,
3912 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3913 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3914
3915 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3916 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3917 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3918 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3919 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3920 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3921 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3922 ignored.
3923
3924 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3925 this command work in interlaced mode:
3926 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3927 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3928 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3929
3930 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3931
3932 ;;;***
3933 \f
3934 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3935 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3936 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3937 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
3938 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18848
3939 ;;;;;; 23222))
3940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3941
3942 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3943 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3944
3945 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3946
3947 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
3948 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
3949 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
3950 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
3951 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
3952 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
3953 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
3954
3955 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
3956
3957 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3958 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3959
3960 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3961
3962 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3963 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3964 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3965 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3966 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3967 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3968 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3969
3970 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3971 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3972 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3973 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3974 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3975
3976 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3977 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3978 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3979 describing how the process finished.")
3980
3981 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3982 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3983 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3984 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3985 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3986
3987 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3988 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3989 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3990
3991 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
3992
3993 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
3994 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3995 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3996 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3997
3998 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
3999
4000 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4001 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4002
4003 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4004 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4005
4006 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4007 (lambda ()
4008 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4009 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4010 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4011 (concat \"make -k \"
4012 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4013
4014 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4015 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4016
4017 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4018 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4019 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4020 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4021
4022 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4023
4024 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4025 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4026 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4027 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4028
4029 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4030 and move to the source code that caused it.
4031
4032 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4033 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4034
4035 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4036 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4037 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4038 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4039
4040 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4041 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4042 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4043 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4044
4045 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4046 kills its subprocesses.
4047
4048 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4049 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4050 to a function that generates a unique name.
4051
4052 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4053
4054 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4055 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4056 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4057 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4058
4059 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4060 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4061
4062 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4063 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4064 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4065 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4066
4067 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4068 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4069 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4070
4071 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4072
4073 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4074
4075 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4076 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4077 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4078 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4079 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4080
4081 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4082
4083 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4084
4085 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4086
4087 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4088 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4089 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4090 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4091 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4092 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4093 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4094
4095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4096
4097 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4098 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4099 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4100 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4101 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4102 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4103
4104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4105
4106 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4107 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4108 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4109
4110 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4111
4112 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4113
4114 ;;;***
4115 \f
4116 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4117 ;;;;;; (18816 31238))
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4119
4120 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4121 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4122 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4124 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4125 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4126
4127 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4128
4129 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4130 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4131 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4132
4133 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4134 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4135 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4136 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4137
4138 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4139 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4140 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4141 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4142
4143 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4144 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4145 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4146 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4147
4148 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4149 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4150 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4151 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4152 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4153
4154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4155
4156 ;;;***
4157 \f
4158 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4159 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
4160 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4161
4162 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4163 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4164 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4166 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4167 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4168
4169 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4170
4171 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4172 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4173
4174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4175
4176 ;;;***
4177 \f
4178 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4179 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18849
4180 ;;;;;; 65145))
4181 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4182
4183 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4184 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4185 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4186 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4187
4188 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4189
4190 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4191 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4192 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4193 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4194 Composition on.
4195
4196 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4197 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4198
4199 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4200 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4201
4202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4203
4204 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4205 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4206 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4209 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4210
4211 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4212
4213 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4214 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4215 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4216 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4217 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4218
4219 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4220
4221 ;;;***
4222 \f
4223 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4224 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4225 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4226 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
4227 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4228
4229 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4230 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4231 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4232 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4233 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4234 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4235 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4236
4237 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4238 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4239 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4240
4241 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4242 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4243 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4244
4245 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4246 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4247 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4248 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4249
4250 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4251 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4252 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4253 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4254 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4255 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4256 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4257
4258 \\{conf-mode-map}
4259
4260 \(fn)" t nil)
4261
4262 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4263 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4264 Comments start with `#'.
4265 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4266
4267 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4268
4269 \[Desktop Entry]
4270 Encoding=UTF-8
4271 Name=The GIMP
4272 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4273 Name[cs]=GIMP
4274
4275 \(fn)" t nil)
4276
4277 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4278 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4279 Comments start with `;'.
4280 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4281
4282 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4283
4284 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4285 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4286 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4287
4288 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4289 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4290
4291 \(fn)" t nil)
4292
4293 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4294 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4295 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4296 between `/*' and `*/'.
4297 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4298
4299 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4300 // another kind of comment
4301 /* yet another */
4302
4303 name:value
4304 name=value
4305 name value
4306 x.1 =
4307 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4308 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4309
4310 \(fn)" t nil)
4311
4312 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4313 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4314 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4315 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4316 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4317 `conf-space-keywords'.
4318 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4319 in an interactive fashion instead.
4320
4321 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4322
4323 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4324
4325 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4326 image/png png
4327 image/tiff tiff tif
4328
4329 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4330 class desktop
4331 # Standard multimedia devices
4332 add /dev/audio desktop
4333 add /dev/mixer desktop
4334
4335 \(fn)" t nil)
4336
4337 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4338 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4339 See `conf-space-mode'.
4340
4341 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4342
4343 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4344 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4345 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4346 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4347
4348 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4349
4350 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4351 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4352
4353 \(fn)" t nil)
4354
4355 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4356 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4357 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4358 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4359
4360 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4361
4362 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4363 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4364
4365 \(fn)" t nil)
4366
4367 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4368 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4369 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4370 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4371
4372 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4373
4374 *background: gray99
4375 *foreground: black
4376
4377 \(fn)" t nil)
4378
4379 ;;;***
4380 \f
4381 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4382 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18787 48933))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4384
4385 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4386 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4387 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4388 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4389
4390 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4391
4392 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4393 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4394 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4395 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4396
4397 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4398
4399 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4400 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4401 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4402 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4403
4404 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4405
4406 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4407 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4408
4409 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4410
4411 ;;;***
4412 \f
4413 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4414 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18844
4415 ;;;;;; 39825))
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4417
4418 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4419 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4420 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4421 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4422 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4423 following the copyright are updated as well.
4424 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4425 interactively.
4426
4427 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4428
4429 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4430 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4431 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4432
4433 \(fn)" t nil)
4434
4435 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4436 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4437
4438 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4439
4440 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4441 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4442
4443 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4444
4445 ;;;***
4446 \f
4447 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4448 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18852 12908))
4449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4450 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4451 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4452 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4453 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4454 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4455 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4456 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4457
4458 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4459 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4460 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4461 Tab indents for Perl code.
4462 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4463 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4464
4465 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4466 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4467 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4468 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4469 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4470 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4471 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4472 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4473 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4474 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4475 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4476 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4477
4478 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4479
4480 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4481 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4482
4483 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4484
4485 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4486 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4487 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4488 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4489 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4490 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4491 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4492 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4493 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4494
4495 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4496
4497 bite if angry;
4498
4499 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4500 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4501 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4502 to nil.)
4503
4504 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4505 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4506 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4507
4508 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4509
4510 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4511 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4512 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4513 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4514 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4515
4516 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4517
4518 if (A) { B }
4519
4520 into
4521
4522 B if A;
4523
4524 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4525
4526 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4527 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4528 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4529 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4530 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4531 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4532 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4533 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4534 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4535 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4536 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4537 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4538 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4539
4540 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4541 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4542 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4543 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4544 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4545 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4546
4547 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4548 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4549 man via menu.
4550
4551 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4552 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4553 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4554 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4555 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4556
4557 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4558 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4559 span the needed amount of lines.
4560
4561 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4562 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4563 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4564 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4565
4566 Variables controlling indentation style:
4567 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4568 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4569 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4570 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4571 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4572 `cperl-auto-newline'
4573 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4574 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4575 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4576 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4577 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4578 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4579 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4580 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4581 `cperl-indent-level'
4582 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4583 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4584 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4585 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4586 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4587 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4588 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4589 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4590 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4591 `cperl-brace-offset'
4592 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4593 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4594 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4595 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4596 `cperl-label-offset'
4597 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4598 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4599 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4600
4601 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4602 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4603 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4604 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4605 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4606 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4607
4608 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4609 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4610 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4611 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4612
4613 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4614 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4615 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4616 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4617 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4618 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4619
4620 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4621 column 0 is indented on
4622 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4623
4624 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4625 with no args.
4626
4627 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4628 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4629 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4630
4631 \(fn)" t nil)
4632
4633 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4634 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4635
4636 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4637
4638 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4639 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4640
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4642
4643 ;;;***
4644 \f
4645 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4646 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
4647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4648
4649 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4650 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4651 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4652 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4653 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4654
4655 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4656
4657 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4658 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4659
4660 \(fn)" t nil)
4661
4662 ;;;***
4663 \f
4664 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4665 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4667
4668 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4669 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4670 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4671 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4672
4673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4674 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4675
4676 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4677
4678 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4679 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4680 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4681
4682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4683
4684 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4685
4686 ;;;***
4687 \f
4688 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4689 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
4690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4691
4692 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4693 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4694 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4695 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4696
4697 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4698 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4699 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4700 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4701
4702 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4703 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4704 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4705
4706 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4707 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4708 'bob', and 'eve'.
4709
4710 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4711 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4712 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4713
4714 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4715
4716 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4717 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4718 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4719
4720 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4721
4722 ;;;***
4723 \f
4724 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18803
4725 ;;;;;; 56787))
4726 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4727 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4728
4729 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4730 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4731
4732 \(fn)" t nil)
4733
4734 ;;;***
4735 \f
4736 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4737 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4739
4740 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4741 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4742 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4745 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4746
4747 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4748
4749 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4750 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4751 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4752 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4753 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4754
4755 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4756 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4757 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4758 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4759 function of these prefix keys.
4760
4761 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4762 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4763 options:
4764 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4765 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4766 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4767
4768 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4769 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4770 the prefix fallback behavior.
4771
4772 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4773 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4774 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4775 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4776
4777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4778
4779 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4780 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4781
4782 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4783
4784 ;;;***
4785 \f
4786 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4787 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4788 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4789 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4790 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4791 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4792 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4793 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4794 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4795 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4796 ;;;;;; (18844 39825))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4798
4799 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4800 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4801
4802 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4803
4804 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4805 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4806
4807 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4808
4809 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4810 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4811
4812 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4813 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4814
4815 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4816 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4817
4818 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4819 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4820
4821 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4822 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4823
4824 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4825
4826 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4827
4828 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4829 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4830 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4831
4832 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4833 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4834
4835 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4836 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4837
4838 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4839 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4840
4841 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4842
4843 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4844
4845 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4846 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4847 Return VALUE.
4848
4849 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4850 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4851
4852 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4853 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4854
4855 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4856 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4857
4858 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4859
4860 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4861
4862 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4863 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4864 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4865 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4866 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4867
4868 \(fn)" t nil)
4869
4870 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4871 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4872 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4873 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4874
4875 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4876
4877 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4878 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4879
4880 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4881
4882 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4883 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4884
4885 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4886
4887 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4888
4889 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4890 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4891
4892 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4893
4894 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4895
4896 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4897 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4898 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4899
4900 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4901
4902 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4903 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4904 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4905 as part of Emacs itself.
4906
4907 Each elements looks like this:
4908
4909 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4910
4911 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4912 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4913 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4914 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4915 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4916 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4917 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4918 and `defface'.
4919
4920 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4921
4922 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4923 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4924 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4925 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4926 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4927
4928 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4929 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4930 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4931 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4932
4933 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4934
4935 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4937 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4938 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4939 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4940
4941 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4942 that were added or redefined since that version.
4943
4944 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4945
4946 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4947 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4948 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4949 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4950
4951 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4952 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4953
4954 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4957 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4958 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4959
4960 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4961 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4962
4963 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4964
4965 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4966 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4967
4968 \(fn)" t nil)
4969
4970 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4971 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4972
4973 \(fn)" t nil)
4974
4975 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4976 Customize all already saved user options.
4977
4978 \(fn)" t nil)
4979
4980 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4981 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
4982 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4983 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4984 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4985 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4986 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4987 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
4988
4989 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4990
4991 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
4992 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
4993 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
4994 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
4995
4996 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4997
4998 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
4999 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5000
5001 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5002
5003 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5004 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5005
5006 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5007
5008 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5009 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5010 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5011 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5012 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5013 that option.
5014
5015 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5016
5017 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5018 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5019 The result includes selecting that window.
5020 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5021 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5022 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5023 that option.
5024
5025 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5026
5027 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5028 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5029
5030 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5031
5032 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5033 File used for storing customization information.
5034 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5035 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5036 it should be an absolute file name.
5037
5038 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5039 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5040 something like the following in your init file:
5041
5042 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5043 \(load custom-file)
5044
5045 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5046 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5047
5048 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5049 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5050 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5051 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5052 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5053
5054 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5055 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5056 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5057 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5058 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5059 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5060 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5061 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5062 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5063 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5064
5065 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5066
5067 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5068 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5069
5070 \(fn)" nil nil)
5071
5072 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5073 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5074
5075 \(fn)" t nil)
5076
5077 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5078 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5079 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5080
5081 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5082
5083 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5084 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5085 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5086 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5087 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5088
5089 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5090
5091 ;;;***
5092 \f
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5094 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5096
5097 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5098 Create a custom theme.
5099
5100 \(fn)" t nil)
5101
5102 ;;;***
5103 \f
5104 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5105 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5107
5108 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5109 Mode used for cvs status output.
5110
5111 \(fn)" t nil)
5112
5113 ;;;***
5114 \f
5115 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5116 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18787 48934))
5117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5118
5119 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5120 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5121
5122 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5123 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5124 C++ modes are included.
5125
5126 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5127
5128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5129
5130 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5131 Turn on CWarn mode.
5132
5133 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5134 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5135
5136 \(fn)" nil nil)
5137
5138 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5139 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5140 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5141 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5142 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5143 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5144
5145 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5146
5147 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5148 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5149 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5150 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5151 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5152
5153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5154
5155 ;;;***
5156 \f
5157 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5158 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5159 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
5160 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5161
5162 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5163 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5164
5165 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5166
5167 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5168 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5169
5170 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5171
5172 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5173 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5174 For readability, the table is slightly
5175 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5176
5177 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5178 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5179 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5180 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5181 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5182
5183 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5184
5185 ;;;***
5186 \f
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5188 ;;;;;; (18799 16230))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5190 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5191 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5192
5193 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5194 Completion on current word.
5195 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5196 and presents suggestions for completion.
5197
5198 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5199 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5200 completions.
5201
5202 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5203 then it searches *all* buffers.
5204
5205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5206
5207 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5208 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5209
5210 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5211 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5212 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5213 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5214 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5215
5216 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5217 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5218
5219 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5220 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5221 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5222
5223 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5224 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5225
5226 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5227
5228 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5229
5230 ;;;***
5231 \f
5232 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18816
5233 ;;;;;; 36020))
5234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5235
5236 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5237 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5238 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5239 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5240 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5241
5242 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5243
5244 ;;;***
5245 \f
5246 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18787
5247 ;;;;;; 48934))
5248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5249
5250 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5251 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5252
5253 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5254 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5255 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5256
5257 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5258 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5259 Data lines are not indented.
5260
5261 Key bindings:
5262
5263 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5264 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5265
5266 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5267 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5268 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5269 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5270
5271 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5272
5273 dcl-basic-offset
5274 Extra indentation within blocks.
5275
5276 dcl-continuation-offset
5277 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5278
5279 dcl-margin-offset
5280 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5281
5282 dcl-margin-label-offset
5283 Indentation for a label.
5284
5285 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5286 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5287
5288 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5289 dcl-block-end-regexp
5290 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5291 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5292 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5293 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5294 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5295
5296 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5297 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5298 Two such functions are included in the package:
5299 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5300 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5301
5302 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5303 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5304 One such function is included in the package:
5305 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5306
5307 dcl-tab-always-indent
5308 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5309 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5310 margin.
5311
5312 dcl-electric-characters
5313 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5314 typed.
5315
5316 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5317 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5318 which words trigger electric indentation.
5319
5320 dcl-tempo-comma
5321 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5322 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5323 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5324
5325 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5326 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5327 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5328 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5329
5330 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5331 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5332 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5333 dcl-imenu-label-call
5334 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5335
5336 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5337 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5338 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5339 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5340
5341
5342 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5343
5344 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5345 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5346 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5347 $ i = 1
5348 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5349 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5350 $ label:
5351 $ if i.eq.1
5352 $ then
5353 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5354 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5355 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5356 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5357 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5358 \"lined up with the command line\"
5359 $ type sys$input
5360 Data lines are not indented at all.
5361 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5362 $ endif
5363 $
5364
5365
5366 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5367 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5368
5369 \(fn)" t nil)
5370
5371 ;;;***
5372 \f
5373 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5374 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18787 48921))
5375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5376
5377 (setq debugger 'debug)
5378
5379 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5380 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5381 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5382 of the evaluator.
5383
5384 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5385 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5386 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5387
5388 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5389
5390 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5391 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5392
5393 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5394
5395 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5396 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5397 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5398 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5399 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5400 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5401
5402 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5403 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5404
5405 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5406
5407 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5408 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5409 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5410 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5411 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5412
5413 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5414
5415 ;;;***
5416 \f
5417 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5418 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5420
5421 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5422 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5423
5424 \(fn)" t nil)
5425
5426 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5427 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5428 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5429 Upper-case letters are commands.
5430
5431 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5432 modify it.
5433
5434 The most useful commands are:
5435 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5436 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5437 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5438 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5439 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5440 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5441
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5443
5444 ;;;***
5445 \f
5446 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5447 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18787
5448 ;;;;;; 48912))
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5450
5451 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5452 Customization of `columns' group.
5453
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5455
5456 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5457 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5458
5459 START and END delimits the text region.
5460
5461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5462
5463 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5464 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5465
5466 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5467
5468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5469
5470 ;;;***
5471 \f
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18787
5473 ;;;;;; 48934))
5474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5475
5476 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5477 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5478 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5479 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5480 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5481 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5482
5483 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5484
5485 Customization:
5486
5487 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5488 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5489 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5490 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5491 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5492 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5493 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5494 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5495 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5496 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5497 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5498 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5499 blank line.
5500 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5501 Directories to search when finding external units.
5502 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5503 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5504
5505 Coloring:
5506
5507 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5508 Face used to color delphi comments.
5509 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5510 Face used to color delphi strings.
5511 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5512 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5513 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5514 Face used to color everything else.
5515
5516 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5517 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5518
5519 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5520
5521 ;;;***
5522 \f
5523 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18787
5524 ;;;;;; 48912))
5525 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5526
5527 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5528
5529 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5530 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5531 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5534 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5535
5536 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5537
5538 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5539 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5540 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5541 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5542
5543 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5544 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5545 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5546 any selection.
5547
5548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5549
5550 ;;;***
5551 \f
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5553 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18787 48921))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5555
5556 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5557 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5558
5559 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5560
5561 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5562 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5563 or nil if there is no parent.
5564 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5565 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5566 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5567 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5568 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5569
5570 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5571 arguments are currently understood:
5572 :group GROUP
5573 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5574 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5575 :syntax-table TABLE
5576 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5577 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5578 :abbrev-table TABLE
5579 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5580 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5581
5582 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5583
5584 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5585
5586 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5587 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5588 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5589
5590 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5591 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5592
5593 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5594 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5595 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5596
5597 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5598 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5599
5600 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5601 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5602
5603 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5604
5605 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5606
5607 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5608 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5609 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5610 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5611 the first time the mode is used.
5612
5613 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5614
5615 ;;;***
5616 \f
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5618 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18834 13432))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5620
5621 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5622 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5623 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5624 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5625 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5626 otherwise.
5627
5628 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5629
5630 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5631 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5632 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5633 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5634 character composition information (if relevant),
5635 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5636
5637 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5638
5639 ;;;***
5640 \f
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5642 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5643 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5644 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18787 48912))
5645 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5646
5647 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5648 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5649 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5650
5651 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5652
5653 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5654 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5655 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5656 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5657 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5658 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5659
5660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5661
5662 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5663 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5664 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5665 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5666
5667 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5668
5669 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5670 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5671 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5672
5673 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5674 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5675 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5676
5677 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5678 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5679
5680 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5681 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5682 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5683
5684 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5685 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5686 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5687 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5688
5689 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5690
5691 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5692 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5693
5694 Handlers are called with argument list
5695
5696 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5697
5698 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5699
5700 desktop-file-version
5701 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5702 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5703 desktop-buffer-point
5704 desktop-buffer-mark
5705 desktop-buffer-read-only
5706 desktop-buffer-locals
5707
5708 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5709 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5710
5711 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5712 code like
5713
5714 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5715 ...
5716 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5717 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5718
5719 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5720
5721 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5722
5723 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5724 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5725 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5726 List elements must have the form
5727
5728 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5729
5730 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5731 function.
5732
5733 Handlers are called with argument list
5734
5735 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5736
5737 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5738
5739 desktop-file-version
5740 desktop-buffer-file-name
5741 desktop-buffer-name
5742 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5743 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5744 desktop-buffer-point
5745 desktop-buffer-mark
5746 desktop-buffer-read-only
5747 desktop-buffer-misc
5748
5749 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5750 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5751 created and set.
5752
5753 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5754 code like
5755
5756 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5757 ...
5758 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5759 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5760
5761 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5762
5763 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5764
5765 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5766
5767 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5768 Empty the Desktop.
5769 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5770 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5771 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5772
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5774
5775 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5776 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5777 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5778 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5779 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5780
5781 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5782
5783 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5784 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5785 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5786
5787 \(fn)" t nil)
5788
5789 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5790 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5791 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5792 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5793 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5794 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5795 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5796 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5797
5798 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5799
5800 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5801 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5802 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5803
5804 \(fn)" nil nil)
5805
5806 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5807 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5808 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5809 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5810 directory DIRNAME.
5811
5812 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5813
5814 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5815 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5816
5817 \(fn)" t nil)
5818
5819 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5820 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5821
5822 \(fn)" t nil)
5823
5824 ;;;***
5825 \f
5826 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5827 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5828 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18794 5654))
5829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5830
5831 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5832 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5833 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5834 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5835 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5836 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5837
5838 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5839
5840 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5841 Repair a broken attribution line.
5842 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5843
5844 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5845
5846 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5847 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5848 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5849 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5850
5851 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5852
5853 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5854 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5855
5856 \(fn)" t nil)
5857
5858 ;;;***
5859 \f
5860 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5861 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18830 64775))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5863
5864 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5865 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5866 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5867 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5868 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5869
5870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5871
5872 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5873 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5874 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5875 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5876
5877 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5878 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5879 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5880 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5881
5882 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5883 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5884
5885 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5886 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5887 calendar-date-style 'european
5888 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5889
5890 \(diary-mail-entries)
5891
5892 # diary-rem.el ends here
5893
5894 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5895
5896 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5897 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5898
5899 \(fn)" t nil)
5900
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5904 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18794 5653))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5906
5907 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5908 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5909
5910 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5911
5912 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5913 The command to use to run diff.")
5914
5915 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5916
5917 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5918 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5919 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5920 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5921 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5922 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5923
5924 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5925 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5926 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5927
5928 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5929
5930 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5931 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5932 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5933 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5934 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5935 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5936
5937 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5938
5939 ;;;***
5940 \f
5941 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5942 ;;;;;; (18796 43870))
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5944
5945 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5946 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5947 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5948 normal diffs.
5949
5950 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5951 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5952 headers for you on-the-fly.
5953
5954 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5955 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5956 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5957
5958 \\{diff-mode-map}
5959
5960 \(fn)" t nil)
5961
5962 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5963 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5964 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5965
5966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5967
5968 ;;;***
5969 \f
5970 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5971 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5972 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5973 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5974 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18815 6889))
5975 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5976
5977 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5978 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5979 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5980 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5981 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5982 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5983 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5984 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
5985
5986 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
5987
5988 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5989 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5990
5991 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5992 Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5993 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5994 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5995 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5996
5997 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5998 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5999
6000 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6001 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6002 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6003 always set this variable to t.")
6004
6005 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6006
6007 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6008 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6009 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6010 A value of t means move to first file.")
6011
6012 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6013
6014 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6015 Controls marking of renamed files.
6016 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6017 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6018 are afterward marked with that character.")
6019
6020 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6021
6022 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6023 Controls marking of copied files.
6024 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6025 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6026
6027 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6028
6029 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6030 Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6031 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6032 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6033
6034 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6035
6036 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6037 Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6038 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6039 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6040
6041 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6042
6043 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6044 If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6045 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6046 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6047
6048 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6049
6050 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6051
6052 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6053 If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6054 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6055
6056 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6057
6058 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6059 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6060 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6061 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6062 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6063 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6064
6065 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6066 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6067 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6068 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6069 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6070 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6071 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6072 list of files to make directory entries for.
6073 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6074 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6075 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6076 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6077
6078 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6079
6080 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6081 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6082
6083 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6084 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6085
6086 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6087 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6088
6089 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6090 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6091
6092 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6093
6094 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6095 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6096
6097 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6098
6099 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6100 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6101 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6102 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6103 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6104 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6105 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6106 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6107 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6108 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6109 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6110 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6111 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6112 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6113 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6114 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6115 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6116 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6117 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6118 to see why something went wrong.
6119 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6120 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6121 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6122 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6123 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6124 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6125 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6126 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6127 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6128 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6129 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6130 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6131 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6132
6133 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6134 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6135 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6136 again for the directory tree.
6137
6138 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6139 for more info):
6140
6141 `dired-listing-switches'
6142 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6143 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6144 `dired-marker-char'
6145 `dired-del-marker'
6146 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6147 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6148 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6149 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6150
6151 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6152
6153 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6154 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6155 `dired-mode-hook'
6156 `dired-load-hook'
6157
6158 Keybindings:
6159 \\{dired-mode-map}
6160
6161 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6162 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6163
6164 ;;;***
6165 \f
6166 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6167 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-do-isearch-regexp dired-do-isearch
6168 ;;;;;; dired-isearch-filenames-regexp dired-isearch-filenames dired-isearch-filenames-setup
6169 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
6170 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6171 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6172 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6173 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6174 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6175 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6176 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6177 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6178 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-do-async-shell-command
6179 ;;;;;; dired-clean-directory dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown
6180 ;;;;;; dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6181 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18849 65145))
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6183
6184 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6185 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6186 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6187 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6188 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6189 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6190 which is options for `diff'.
6191
6192 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6193
6194 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6195 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6196 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6197 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6198 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6199 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6200
6201 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6204 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6205 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6206 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6207 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6208 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6209 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6210
6211 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6212
6213 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6214 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6215 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6216 returned by function `file-attributes'
6217
6218 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6219 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6220
6221 Examples of PREDICATE:
6222
6223 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6224 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6225 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6226 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6227 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6228
6229 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6230
6231 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6232 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6233 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6234
6235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6236
6237 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6238 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6239
6240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6241
6242 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6243 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6244
6245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6246
6247 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6248 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6249 This calls touch.
6250
6251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6252
6253 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6254 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6255 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6256 `lpr-switches' as default.
6257
6258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6259
6260 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6261 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6262 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6263 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6264 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6265
6266 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6267 with a prefix argument.
6268
6269 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload 'dired-do-async-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6272 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files asynchronously.
6273
6274 Like `dired-do-shell-command' but if COMMAND doesn't end in ampersand,
6275 adds `* &' surrounded by whitespace and executes the command asynchronously.
6276 The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
6277
6278 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6279
6280 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6281 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6282 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6283 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6284 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6285
6286 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6287 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6288
6289 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6290 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6291 file name substituted for `?'.
6292
6293 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6294 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6295
6296 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6297 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6298 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6299 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6300
6301 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6302
6303 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6304 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6305 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6306
6307 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6308 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6309 in a subdir.
6310
6311 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6312 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6313 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6314
6315 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6316
6317 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6318 Not documented
6319
6320 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6321
6322 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6323 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6324 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6325 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6326 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6327 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6328 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6329 from the buffer as well.
6330 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6331 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6332 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6333
6334 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6335
6336 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6337 Not documented
6338
6339 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6340
6341 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6342 Not documented
6343
6344 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6345
6346 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6347 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6348
6349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6350
6351 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6352 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6353
6354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6355
6356 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6357 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6358
6359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6360
6361 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6362 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6363 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6364 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6365
6366 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6367 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6368 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6369 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6370 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6371 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6372 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6373
6374 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6375
6376 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6377 Not documented
6378
6379 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6380
6381 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6382 Not documented
6383
6384 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6385
6386 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6387 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6388
6389 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6390
6391 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6392 Not documented
6393
6394 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6395
6396 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6397 Not documented
6398
6399 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6400
6401 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6402 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6403
6404 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6405
6406 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6407 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6408 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6409 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6410 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6411 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6412 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6413 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6414 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6415
6416 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6417 like `cp -d'.
6418
6419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6420
6421 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6422 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6423 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6424 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6425 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6426 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6427 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6428 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6429
6430 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6431
6432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6433
6434 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6435 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6436 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6437 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6438 and new hard links are made in that directory
6439 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6440 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6441 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6442
6443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6444
6445 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6446 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6447 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6448 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6449 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6450 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6451 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6452
6453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6454
6455 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6456 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6457
6458 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6459 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6460 file if none are marked.
6461
6462 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6463 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6464 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6465 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6466
6467 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6468 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6469
6470 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6471
6472 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6473 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6474 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6475
6476 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6477
6478 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6479 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6480 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6481
6482 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6483
6484 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6485 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6486 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6487
6488 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6489
6490 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6491 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6492
6493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6494
6495 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6496 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6497
6498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6499
6500 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6501 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6502 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6503 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6504 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6505 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6506 this subdirectory.
6507 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6508
6509 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6510 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6511 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6512 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6513 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6514 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6515 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6516
6517 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6518
6519 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6520 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6521 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6522 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6523 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6524 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6525 this subdirectory.
6526 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6527
6528 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6529
6530 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6531 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6532 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6533
6534 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6535
6536 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6537 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6538 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6539 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6540
6541 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6542
6543 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6544 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6545 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6546 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6547
6548 \(fn)" t nil)
6549
6550 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6551 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6552 Lower levels are unaffected.
6553
6554 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6555
6556 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6557 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6558
6559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6562 Go down in the dired tree.
6563
6564 \(fn)" t nil)
6565
6566 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6567 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6568 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6569 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6570
6571 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6572
6573 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6574 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6575 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6576 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6577
6578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6579
6580 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-setup "dired-aux" "\
6581 Set up isearch to search in Dired file names.
6582 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
6583
6584 \(fn)" nil nil)
6585
6586 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames "dired-aux" "\
6587 Search for a string using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6588
6589 \(fn)" t nil)
6590
6591 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6592 Search for a regexp using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6593
6594 \(fn)" t nil)
6595
6596 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch "dired-aux" "\
6597 Search for a string through all marked files using Isearch.
6598
6599 \(fn)" t nil)
6600
6601 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6602 Search for a regexp through all marked files using Isearch.
6603
6604 \(fn)" t nil)
6605
6606 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6607 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6608 Stops when a match is found.
6609 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6610
6611 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6612
6613 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6614 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6615 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6616 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6617 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6618
6619 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6620
6621 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6622 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6623 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6624 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6625
6626 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6627
6628 ;;;***
6629 \f
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6631 ;;;;;; (18853 19459))
6632 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6633
6634 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6635 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6636 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6637 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6638 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6639 buffer and try again.
6640
6641 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6642
6643 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6644 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6645 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6646 This creates relative symbolic links like
6647
6648 foo -> ../bar/foo
6649
6650 not absolute ones like
6651
6652 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6653
6654 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6655
6656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6657
6658 ;;;***
6659 \f
6660 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6661 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6663
6664 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6665 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6666 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6667 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6668 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6669 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6670 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6671
6672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6673
6674 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6675 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6676 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6677
6678 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6679
6680 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6681 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6682
6683 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6684
6685 ;;;***
6686 \f
6687 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18787
6688 ;;;;;; 48921))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6690
6691 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6692 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6693 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6694 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6695 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6696 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6697
6698 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6699
6700 ;;;***
6701 \f
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6703 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6704 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6705 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6706 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6707 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18787 48912))
6708 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6709
6710 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6711 Return a new, empty display table.
6712
6713 \(fn)" nil nil)
6714
6715 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6716 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6717 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6718 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6719 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6720
6721 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6722
6723 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6724 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6725 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6726 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6727 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6728
6729 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6730
6731 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6732 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6733
6734 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6735
6736 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6737 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6738
6739 \(fn)" t nil)
6740
6741 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6742 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6743
6744 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6745
6746 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6747 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6748
6749 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6750
6751 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6752 Display character C using printable string S.
6753
6754 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6755
6756 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6757 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6758 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6759 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6760
6761 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6762
6763 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6764 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6765 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6766 X frame.
6767
6768 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6769
6770 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6771 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6772
6773 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6774
6775 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6776 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6777
6778 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6779
6780 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6781 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6782
6783 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6784
6785 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6786 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6787
6788 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6789
6790 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6791 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6792
6793 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6794
6795 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6796 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6797
6798 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6799 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6800 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6801 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6802
6803 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6804 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6805 European character display.
6806
6807 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6808 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6809 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6810 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6811
6812 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6813 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6814 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6815 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6816 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6817
6818 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6819
6820 ;;;***
6821 \f
6822 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6823 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
6824 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6825
6826 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6827 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6828 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6829 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6830 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6831 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6832 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6833 Default is 2.
6834
6835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6836
6837 ;;;***
6838 \f
6839 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18787 48912))
6840 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6841
6842 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6843 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6844 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6845 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6846 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6847 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6848 private or ask).
6849 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6850 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6851 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6852 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6853 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6854
6855 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6856
6857 ;;;***
6858 \f
6859 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6860 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18787 48936))
6861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6862
6863 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6864 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6865 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6866 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6867 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6868 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6869 table and its own syntax table.
6870
6871 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6872
6873 \(fn)" t nil)
6874 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6875
6876 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6877 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6878
6879 \(fn)" t nil)
6880 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6881
6882 ;;;***
6883 \f
6884 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6885 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18832 28686))
6886 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6887
6888 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6889 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6890 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6891
6892 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6893
6894 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6895 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6896
6897 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6898 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6899
6900 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6901 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6902 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6903
6904 \(fn)" t nil)
6905
6906 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6907 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6908 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6909 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6910
6911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6912
6913 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6914 Not documented
6915
6916 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6917
6918 ;;;***
6919 \f
6920 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18787 48933))
6921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6922
6923 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6924 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6925
6926 \(fn)" t nil)
6927
6928 ;;;***
6929 \f
6930 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18791 16507))
6931 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6932
6933 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6934 Toggle Double mode.
6935 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6936 turn it off.
6937
6938 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6939 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6940
6941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6942
6943 ;;;***
6944 \f
6945 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18787 48933))
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6947
6948 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6949 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6950
6951 \(fn)" t nil)
6952
6953 ;;;***
6954 \f
6955 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6956 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
6957 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6958
6959 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6960 Play sounds in message buffers.
6961
6962 \(fn)" t nil)
6963
6964 ;;;***
6965 \f
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6967 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6968 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18787 48921))
6969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6970
6971 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6972
6973 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6975 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6976 and toggle command MODE.
6977
6978 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6979 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6980 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6981 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6982 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6983 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6984 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6985 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6986 used (see below).
6987
6988 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6989 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6990 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6991 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6992 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6993 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6994 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6995 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6996 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6997 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6998 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6999 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7000 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7001 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7002 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7003 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7004 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7005
7006 For example, you could write
7007 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7008 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7009 ...BODY CODE...)
7010
7011 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7012
7013 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7014
7015 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7016
7017 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7018 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7019 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7020 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7021 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7022 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7023 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7024 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7025 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7026 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7027 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7028 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7029
7030 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7031 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7032 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7033 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7034 call another major mode in their body.
7035
7036 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7037
7038 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7039 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7040 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7041 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7042 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7043 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7044 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7045
7046 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7047
7048 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7049 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7050 :inherit Parent keymap.
7051 :group Ignored.
7052 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7053 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7054
7055 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7056
7057 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7058 Not documented
7059
7060 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7061
7062 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7063 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7064 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7065
7066 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7067
7068 ;;;***
7069 \f
7070 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7071 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18787
7072 ;;;;;; 48922))
7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7074
7075 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7076
7077 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7078 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7079
7080 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7081 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7082 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7083
7084 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7085 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7086
7087 :filter FUNCTION
7088
7089 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7090 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7091
7092 :visible INCLUDE
7093
7094 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7095 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7096
7097 :active ENABLE
7098
7099 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7100 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7101
7102 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7103
7104 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7105
7106 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7107
7108 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7109 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7110
7111 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7112 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7113
7114 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7115
7116 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7117
7118 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7119
7120 :keys KEYS
7121
7122 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7123 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7124 computed automatically.
7125 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7126
7127 :key-sequence KEYS
7128
7129 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7130 menu item.
7131 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7132 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7133 keyboard equivalent.
7134
7135 :active ENABLE
7136
7137 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7138 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7139
7140 :visible INCLUDE
7141
7142 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7143 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7144
7145 :label FORM
7146
7147 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7148 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7149
7150 :suffix FORM
7151
7152 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7153 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7154
7155 :style STYLE
7156
7157 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7158 defined:
7159
7160 toggle: A checkbox.
7161 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7162 radio: A radio button.
7163 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7164 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7165 menu bar itself.
7166 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7167
7168 :selected SELECTED
7169
7170 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7171 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7172
7173 :help HELP
7174
7175 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7176
7177 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7178 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7179 as a solid horizontal line.
7180
7181 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7182
7183 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7184
7185 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7186 Not documented
7187
7188 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7189
7190 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7191 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7192 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7193 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7194
7195 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7196
7197 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7198 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7199 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7200 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7201 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7202 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7203
7204 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7205 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7206 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7207
7208 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7209 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7210 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7211
7212 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7213 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7214
7215 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7216
7217 ;;;***
7218 \f
7219 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7220 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7221 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7222 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7223 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7224 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7225 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7226 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18787 48934))
7227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7228
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Customization for ebnf group.
7231
7232 \(fn)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7236
7237 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7238
7239 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7240 processed.
7241
7242 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7243
7244 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7245
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7248
7249 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7250 killed after process termination.
7251
7252 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7253
7254 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7255
7256 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7257 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7258
7259 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7260 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7261 it to the printer.
7262
7263 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7264 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7265 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7266 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7267
7268 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7269
7270 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7272 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7273
7274 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7275
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7278
7279 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7280
7281 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7282 processed.
7283
7284 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7285
7286 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7290
7291 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7292 killed after process termination.
7293
7294 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7295
7296 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7297
7298 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7299 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7300 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7301 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7302
7303 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7304
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7306
7307 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7308 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7309 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7310
7311 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7312
7313 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7317
7318 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7319
7320 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7321 processed.
7322
7323 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7324
7325 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7329
7330 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7331 killed after EPS generation.
7332
7333 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7334
7335 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7339
7340 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7341 The EPS file name has the following form:
7342
7343 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7344
7345 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7346 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7347
7348 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7349 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7350 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7351 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7352 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7353
7354 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7355 files.
7356
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7358
7359 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7360 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7361
7362 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7363 The EPS file name has the following form:
7364
7365 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7366
7367 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7368 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7369
7370 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7371 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7372 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7373 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7374 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7375
7376 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7377 files.
7378
7379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7380
7381 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7382
7383 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7384 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7385
7386 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7387
7388 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7389 are processed.
7390
7391 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7392
7393 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7396 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7397
7398 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7399 killed after syntax checking.
7400
7401 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7402
7403 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7407
7408 \(fn)" t nil)
7409
7410 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7411 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7412
7413 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7414
7415 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7416 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7417
7418 \(fn)" nil nil)
7419
7420 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7421 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7422
7423 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7424
7425 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7426
7427 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7428 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7429
7430 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7431
7432 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7435 Delete style NAME.
7436
7437 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7438
7439 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7440
7441 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7442 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7443
7444 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7445
7446 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7449 Set STYLE as the current style.
7450
7451 Returns the old style symbol.
7452
7453 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7454
7455 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7456
7457 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7458 Reset current style.
7459
7460 Returns the old style symbol.
7461
7462 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7463
7464 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7465
7466 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7467 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7468
7469 Returns the old style symbol.
7470
7471 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7472
7473 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7474
7475 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7476
7477 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7478 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7479
7480 Returns the old style symbol.
7481
7482 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7483
7484 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7485
7486 \(fn)" t nil)
7487
7488 ;;;***
7489 \f
7490 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7491 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7492 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7493 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7494 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7495 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7496 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7497 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7498 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7499 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7500 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18821
7501 ;;;;;; 3056))
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7503
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7505 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7506 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7507 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7508 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7509 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7510
7511 Tree mode key bindings:
7512 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7513
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7515
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7517 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7518
7519 \(fn)" t nil)
7520
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7522 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7523
7524 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7525
7526 \(fn)" nil nil)
7527
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7529 View declaration of member at point.
7530
7531 \(fn)" t nil)
7532
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7534 Find declaration of member at point.
7535
7536 \(fn)" t nil)
7537
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7539 View definition of member at point.
7540
7541 \(fn)" t nil)
7542
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7544 Find definition of member at point.
7545
7546 \(fn)" t nil)
7547
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7549 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7550
7551 \(fn)" t nil)
7552
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7554 View definition of member at point in other window.
7555
7556 \(fn)" t nil)
7557
7558 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7559 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7560
7561 \(fn)" t nil)
7562
7563 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7564 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7565
7566 \(fn)" t nil)
7567
7568 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7569 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7570
7571 \(fn)" t nil)
7572
7573 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7574 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7575
7576 \(fn)" t nil)
7577
7578 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7579 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7580 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7581 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7582 completion.
7583
7584 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7585
7586 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7587 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7588 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7589 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7590
7591 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7592
7593 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7594 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7595 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7596 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7597
7598 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7599
7600 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7601 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7602 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7603
7604 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7605
7606 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7607 Search for call sites of a member.
7608 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7609 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7610 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7611 looks like a function call to the member.
7612
7613 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7614
7615 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7616 Move backward in the position stack.
7617 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7618
7619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7620
7621 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7622 Move forward in the position stack.
7623 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7624
7625 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7626
7627 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7628 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7629
7630 \(fn)" t nil)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7633 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7634
7635 \(fn)" t nil)
7636
7637 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7638 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7639 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7640 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7641
7642 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7643
7644 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7645 Display statistics for a class tree.
7646
7647 \(fn)" t nil)
7648
7649 ;;;***
7650 \f
7651 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7652 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
7653 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7654
7655 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7656 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7657 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7658 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7659
7660 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7661 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7662 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7663
7664 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7665 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7666 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7667
7668 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7669
7670 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7671
7672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7673
7674 ;;;***
7675 \f
7676 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7677 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18787 48912))
7678 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7679
7680 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7681 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7682 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7683
7684 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7685
7686 ;;;***
7687 \f
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7689 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
7690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7691
7692 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7693 Not documented
7694
7695 \(fn)" nil nil)
7696
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7700 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7701 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18791 16517))
7702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7703
7704 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7705 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7706 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7707 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7708 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7709
7710 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7711 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7712 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7713 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7714
7715 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7716
7717 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7718 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7719 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7720 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7721
7722 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7723
7724 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7725 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7726 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7727 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7728
7729 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7730
7731 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7732
7733 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7734 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7735 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7736 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7737 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7738
7739 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7740 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7741 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7742 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7743 instrumented for Edebug.
7744
7745 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7746 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7747 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7748 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7749 already is one.)
7750
7751 \(fn)" t nil)
7752
7753 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7754 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7755
7756 \(fn)" t nil)
7757
7758 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7759 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7760
7761 \(fn)" t nil)
7762
7763 ;;;***
7764 \f
7765 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7766 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7767 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7768 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7769 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7770 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7771 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7772 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7773 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7774 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18821 3055))
7775 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7776
7777 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7778 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7779
7780 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7781
7782 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7783 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7784
7785 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7786
7787 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7788
7789 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7790
7791 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7792 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7793 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7794 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7795
7796 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7797
7798 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7800
7801 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7802
7803 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7804
7805 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7807
7808 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7809
7810 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7813 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7814 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7815 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7816
7817 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7818
7819 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7822 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7823 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7824 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7825
7826 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7827
7828 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7829
7830 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7831 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7832 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7833 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7834
7835 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7836
7837 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7838
7839 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7840 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7841 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7842 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7843
7844 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7845
7846 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7847
7848 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7849 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7850 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7851 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7852 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7853 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7854
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7856
7857 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7858 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7859 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7860 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7861
7862 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7863
7864 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7865
7866 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7867 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7868 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7869 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7870
7871 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7872
7873 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7874
7875 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7876
7877 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7878 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7879 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7880 follows:
7881 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7882 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7883
7884 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7885
7886 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7887 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7888 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7889 follows:
7890 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7891 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7892
7893 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7894
7895 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7896 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7897 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7898 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7899 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7900
7901 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902
7903 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7904 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7905 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7906 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7907 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7908 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7909
7910 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7911
7912 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7913
7914 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7915 Merge two files without ancestor.
7916
7917 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7918
7919 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7920 Merge two files with ancestor.
7921
7922 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7923
7924 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7925
7926 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7927 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7928
7929 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7930
7931 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7932 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7933
7934 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7935
7936 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7937 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7938 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7939 buffer.
7940
7941 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7942
7943 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7944 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7945 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7946 buffer.
7947
7948 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7949
7950 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7951 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7952 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7953 and don't ask the user.
7954 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7955 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7956
7957 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7958
7959 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7960 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7961 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7962 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7963 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7964 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7965 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7966 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7967
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7969
7970 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7971
7972 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7973
7974 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7975 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7976 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7977 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7978 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7979
7980 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7981
7982 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7983
7984 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7985 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7986 When called interactively, displays the version.
7987
7988 \(fn)" t nil)
7989
7990 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7991 Display Ediff's manual.
7992 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7993
7994 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7995
7996 ;;;***
7997 \f
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7999 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8001
8002 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8003 Not documented
8004
8005 \(fn)" t nil)
8006
8007 ;;;***
8008 \f
8009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18787 48912))
8010 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8011
8012 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '(menu-item "This Window and Next Window" compare-windows :help "Compare the current window and the next window")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '(menu-item "Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise :help "Compare windows line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '(menu-item "Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise :help "Compare windows word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '(menu-item "Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise :help "Compare regions line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '(menu-item "Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise :help "Compare regions word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions :help "Compare directory files with their older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '(menu-item "File with Revision..." ediff-revision :help "Compare file with its older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '(menu-item "Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 :help "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '(menu-item "Two Directories..." ediff-directories :help "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '(menu-item "Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 :help "Compare three buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '(menu-item "Three Files..." ediff-files3 :help "Compare three files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '(menu-item "Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers :help "Compare two buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '(menu-item "Two Files..." ediff-files :help "Compare two files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '(menu-item "Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions :help "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '(menu-item "Directories..." ediff-merge-directories :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '(menu-item "Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers :help "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '(menu-item "Files..." ediff-merge-files :help "Merge files (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '(menu-item "To a Buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer :help "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '(menu-item "To a File..." ediff-patch-file :help "Apply a patch to a file")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '(menu-item "Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" ediff-toggle-multiframe :help "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '(menu-item "List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry :help "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '(menu-item "Customize Ediff" ediff-customize :help "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '(menu-item "Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation :help "Bring up the Ediff manual")))
8013
8014 ;;;***
8015 \f
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8017 ;;;;;; (18821 3055))
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8019
8020 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8021 Display Ediff's registry.
8022
8023 \(fn)" t nil)
8024
8025 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8026
8027 ;;;***
8028 \f
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8030 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18791 16508))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8032
8033 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8034 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8035 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8036 which see.
8037
8038 \(fn)" t nil)
8039
8040 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8041 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8042 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8043 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8044
8045 \(fn)" t nil)
8046
8047 ;;;***
8048 \f
8049 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8050 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8051 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8053
8054 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8055 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8056 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8057
8058 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8059 Edit a keyboard macro.
8060 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8061 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8062 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8063 its command name.
8064 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8065
8066 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8067
8068 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8069 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8070
8071 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8072
8073 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8074 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8075
8076 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8079 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8080 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8081 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8082 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8083 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8084
8085 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8086 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8087 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8088 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8089
8090 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8091
8092 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8093 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8094 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8095 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8096 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8097 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8098
8099 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8100
8101 ;;;***
8102 \f
8103 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8104 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18787 48923))
8105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8106
8107 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8108 Set scroll margins.
8109 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8110 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8111
8112 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8113
8114 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8115 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8116
8117 \(fn)" t nil)
8118
8119 ;;;***
8120 \f
8121 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8122 ;;;;;; (18794 5653))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8124
8125 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8126 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8127 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8128 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8129 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8130 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8131 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8132
8133 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8134 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8135
8136 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8137 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8138 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8139 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8140
8141 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8142 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8143 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8144
8145 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8146 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8147 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8148
8149 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8150
8151 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8152 Not documented
8153
8154 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8155
8156 ;;;***
8157 \f
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8159 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18811 27444))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8161
8162 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8163 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8164
8165 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8166
8167 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8168 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8169 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8170 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8171 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8172 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8173 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8174
8175 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8176
8177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8178
8179 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8180 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8181
8182 \(fn)" t nil)
8183
8184 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8185 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8186 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8187 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8188 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8189 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8190 arg list.
8191
8192 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8193 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8194 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8195 effect.
8196
8197 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8198 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8199
8200 ;;;***
8201 \f
8202 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18787
8203 ;;;;;; 48912))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8205
8206 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8207 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8208
8209 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8210 an elided material again.
8211
8212 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8213
8214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8215
8216 ;;;***
8217 \f
8218 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8219 ;;;;;; (18852 12908))
8220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8221
8222 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8223 Initialize elint.
8224
8225 \(fn)" t nil)
8226
8227 ;;;***
8228 \f
8229 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8230 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18821
8231 ;;;;;; 3056))
8232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8233
8234 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8235 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8236 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8237
8238 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8239
8240 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8241 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8242 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8243 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8244
8245 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8246
8247 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8248 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8249 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8250
8251 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8252
8253 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8256 Display current profiling results.
8257 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8258 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8259 displayed.
8260
8261 \(fn)" t nil)
8262
8263 ;;;***
8264 \f
8265 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8266 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8268
8269 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8270 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8271 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8272
8273 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8274
8275 ;;;***
8276 \f
8277 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8278 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8279 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8280 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8281 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18742 35183))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8283
8284 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8285 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8286 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8287 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8288 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8289 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8290 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8291 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8292 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8293 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8294 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8295 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8296 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8297 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8298 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8299 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8300
8301 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8302 Run Emerge on two files.
8303
8304 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8305
8306 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8307 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8308
8309 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8310
8311 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8312 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8313
8314 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8315
8316 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8317 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8318
8319 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8320
8321 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8322 Not documented
8323
8324 \(fn)" nil nil)
8325
8326 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8327 Not documented
8328
8329 \(fn)" nil nil)
8330
8331 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8332 Not documented
8333
8334 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8335
8336 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8337 Not documented
8338
8339 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8340
8341 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8342 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8343
8344 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8345
8346 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8347 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8348
8349 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8350
8351 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8352 Not documented
8353
8354 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8355
8356 ;;;***
8357 \f
8358 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8359 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
8360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8361
8362 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8363 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8364
8365 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8366
8367 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8368
8369 ;;;***
8370 \f
8371 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8372 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18787 48936))
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8374
8375 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8376 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8377 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8378 text/enriched format.
8379 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8380
8381 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8382 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8383
8384 Commands:
8385
8386 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8387
8388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8389
8390 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8391 Not documented
8392
8393 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8394
8395 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8396 Not documented
8397
8398 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8399
8400 ;;;***
8401 \f
8402 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8403 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8404 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8405 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8406 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8407 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18787
8408 ;;;;;; 48912))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8410
8411 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8412 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8413
8414 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8415
8416 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8417 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8418
8419 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8420
8421 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8422 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8423 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8424 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8425 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8426 the keys are listed.
8427 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8428
8429 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8430
8431 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8432 Decrypt FILE.
8433
8434 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8435
8436 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8437 Verify FILE.
8438
8439 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8440
8441 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8442 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8443
8444 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8447 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8448
8449 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8450
8451 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8452 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8453
8454 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8455 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8456 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8457 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8458 should consider using the string based counterpart
8459 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8460 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8461
8462 For example:
8463
8464 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8465 (decode-coding-string
8466 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8467 'utf-8))
8468
8469 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8470
8471 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8472 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8473
8474 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8475 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8476
8477 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8478
8479 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8480 Verify the current region between START and END.
8481
8482 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8483 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8484 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8485 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8486 should consider using the string based counterpart
8487 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8488 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8489
8490 For example:
8491
8492 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8493 (decode-coding-string
8494 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8495 'utf-8))
8496
8497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8498
8499 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8500 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8501 between START and END.
8502
8503 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8504 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8505
8506 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8509 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8510
8511 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8512 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8513 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8514 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8515 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8516 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8517
8518 For example:
8519
8520 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8521 (epg-sign-string
8522 context
8523 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8524
8525 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8526
8527 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8528 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8529
8530 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8531 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8532 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8533 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8534 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8535 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8536
8537 For example:
8538
8539 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8540 (epg-encrypt-string
8541 context
8542 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8543 nil))
8544
8545 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8546
8547 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8548 Delete selected KEYS.
8549
8550 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8551
8552 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8553 Import keys from FILE.
8554
8555 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8558 Import keys from the region.
8559
8560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8563 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8564 between START and END.
8565
8566 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8569 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8570
8571 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8572
8573 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8574 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8575
8576 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8577
8578 ;;;***
8579 \f
8580 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8581 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18787 48912))
8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8583
8584 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8585 Decrypt marked files.
8586
8587 \(fn)" t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8590 Verify marked files.
8591
8592 \(fn)" t nil)
8593
8594 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8595 Sign marked files.
8596
8597 \(fn)" t nil)
8598
8599 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8600 Encrypt marked files.
8601
8602 \(fn)" t nil)
8603
8604 ;;;***
8605 \f
8606 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8607 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18787 48912))
8608 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8609
8610 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8611 Not documented
8612
8613 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8614
8615 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8616 Not documented
8617
8618 \(fn)" t nil)
8619
8620 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8621 Not documented
8622
8623 \(fn)" t nil)
8624
8625 ;;;***
8626 \f
8627 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8628 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8629 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18787 48912))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8631
8632 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8633 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8634
8635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8636
8637 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8638 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8639 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8640
8641 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8642
8643 \(fn)" t nil)
8644
8645 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8646 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8647 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8648
8649 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8650
8651 \(fn)" t nil)
8652
8653 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8654 Sign the current buffer.
8655 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8656
8657 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8658
8659 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8660
8661 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8662 Encrypt the current buffer.
8663 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8664
8665 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8666
8667 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8668
8669 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8670 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8671 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8672
8673 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8674
8675 \(fn)" t nil)
8676
8677 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8678 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8679 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8682 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8683
8684 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8685
8686 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8687 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8688
8689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8690
8691 ;;;***
8692 \f
8693 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8694 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8695 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8696 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8697 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8698 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8699 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8700 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8701 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18787 48912))
8702 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8703
8704 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8705 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8706 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8707 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8708 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8709 signatures should be included.
8710 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8711
8712 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8713
8714 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8715 Not documented
8716
8717 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8718
8719 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8720 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8721 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8722
8723 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8724 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8725 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8726 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8727 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8728
8729 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8730
8731 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8732 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8733 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8734
8735 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8736
8737 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8738 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8739
8740 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8741
8742 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8743 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8744 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8745
8746 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8747 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8748
8749 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8750 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8751 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8752 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8753 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8754
8755 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8756
8757 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8758 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8759 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8760
8761 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8762 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8763 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8764 stored into the file after successful verification.
8765
8766 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8767
8768 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8769 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8770 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8771
8772 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8773 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8774 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8775 successful verification.
8776
8777 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8778
8779 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8780 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8781 PLAIN is a data object.
8782
8783 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8784 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8785 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8786
8787 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8788 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8789 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8790 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8791 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8792
8793 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8794
8795 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8796 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8797 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8798 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8799 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8800 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8801
8802 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8803
8804 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8805 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8806 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8807 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8808 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8809
8810 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8813 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8814 PLAIN is a data object.
8815 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8816
8817 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8818 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8819 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8820 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8821 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8822
8823 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8824
8825 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8826 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8827 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8828 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8829
8830 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8831
8832 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8833 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8834 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8835
8836 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8837
8838 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8839 Initiate an export keys operation.
8840
8841 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8842 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8843 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8844 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8845 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8846
8847 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8848
8849 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8850 Extract public KEYS.
8851
8852 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8853
8854 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8855 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8856
8857 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8858
8859 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8860 Initiate an import keys operation.
8861 KEYS is a data object.
8862
8863 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8864 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8865 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8866 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8867 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8868
8869 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8870
8871 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8872 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8873
8874 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8875
8876 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8877 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8878
8879 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8880
8881 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8882 Initiate a receive key operation.
8883 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8884
8885 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8886 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8887 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8888 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8889 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8890
8891 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8892
8893 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8894 Add keys from server.
8895 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8896
8897 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8898
8899 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8900
8901 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8902 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8903
8904 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8905 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8906 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8907 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8908 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8909
8910 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8911
8912 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8913 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8914
8915 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8916
8917 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8918 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8919
8920 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8921 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8922 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8923 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8924 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8925
8926 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8927
8928 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8929 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8930
8931 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8932
8933 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8934 Initiate a key generation.
8935 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8936
8937 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8938 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8939 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8940 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8941 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8942
8943 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8944
8945 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8946 Generate a new key pair.
8947 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8948
8949 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8950
8951 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8952 Generate a new key pair.
8953 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8954
8955 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8956
8957 ;;;***
8958 \f
8959 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8960 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18787 48912))
8961 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8962
8963 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8964 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8965
8966 \(fn)" nil nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8969 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8970
8971 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8972
8973 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8974 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8975
8976 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8977
8978 ;;;***
8979 \f
8980 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8981 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18803 56787))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8983
8984 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8985 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8986
8987 \(fn)" nil nil)
8988
8989 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8990 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8991 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8992
8993 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8994
8995 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8996 (server (erc-compute-server))
8997 (port (erc-compute-port))
8998 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8999 password
9000 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9001
9002 That is, if called with
9003
9004 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9005
9006 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9007 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9008 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9009
9010 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9011
9012 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9013
9014 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9015 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9016 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9017 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9018
9019 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9020
9021 ;;;***
9022 \f
9023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18787
9024 ;;;;;; 48923))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9026 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9027
9028 ;;;***
9029 \f
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18787 48924))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9032 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9033
9034 ;;;***
9035 \f
9036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18787 48924))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9039
9040 ;;;***
9041 \f
9042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18787 48924))
9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9044 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9045
9046 ;;;***
9047 \f
9048 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9049 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18800 40734))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9051 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9052
9053 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9054 Parser for /dcc command.
9055 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9056 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9057 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9058
9059 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9060
9061 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9062 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9063
9064 \(fn)" nil nil)
9065
9066 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9067 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9068
9069 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9070 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9071 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9072 that subcommand.
9073
9074 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9075
9076 ;;;***
9077 \f
9078 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9079 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9080 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9081 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9082 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9084
9085 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9086 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9087
9088 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9089
9090 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9091 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9092 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9093 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9094
9095 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9096
9097 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9098 Not documented
9099
9100 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9101
9102 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9103 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9104
9105 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9106
9107 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9108 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9109
9110 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9111
9112 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9113 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9114
9115 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9116
9117 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9118 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9119
9120 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9121
9122 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9123 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9124
9125 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9126
9127 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9128 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9129
9130 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9131
9132 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9133 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9134
9135 \(fn)" nil nil)
9136
9137 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9138 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9139
9140 \(fn)" nil nil)
9141
9142 ;;;***
9143 \f
9144 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18787
9145 ;;;;;; 48924))
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9147 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9148
9149 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9150 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9151 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9152
9153 \(fn)" nil nil)
9154
9155 ;;;***
9156 \f
9157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18787
9158 ;;;;;; 48924))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9160 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9161
9162 ;;;***
9163 \f
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9165 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18787 48924))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9167 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9168
9169 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9170 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9171 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9172 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9173 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9174 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9175 system.
9176
9177 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9178
9179 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9180 Not documented
9181
9182 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9183
9184 ;;;***
9185 \f
9186 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9187 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9189
9190 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9191 Not documented
9192
9193 \(fn)" nil nil)
9194
9195 ;;;***
9196 \f
9197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18787 48924))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9200
9201 ;;;***
9202 \f
9203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18787 48924))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9205 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9206
9207 ;;;***
9208 \f
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9210 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18787 48924))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9212 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9213
9214 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9215 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9216 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9217 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9218 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9219 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9220
9221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9222
9223 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9224 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9225 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9226 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9227
9228 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9229 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9230 automatically.
9231
9232 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9233 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9234
9235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9236
9237 ;;;***
9238 \f
9239 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9240 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9241 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9242 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9244 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9245
9246 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9247 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9248
9249 \(fn)" t nil)
9250
9251 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9252 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9253
9254 \(fn)" t nil)
9255
9256 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9257 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9258
9259 \(fn)" t nil)
9260
9261 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9262 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9263
9264 \(fn)" t nil)
9265
9266 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9267 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9268
9269 \(fn)" t nil)
9270
9271 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9272 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9273
9274 \(fn)" t nil)
9275
9276 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9277 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9278
9279 \(fn)" t nil)
9280
9281 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9282 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9283
9284 \(fn)" t nil)
9285
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18787 48924))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9290 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9291
9292 ;;;***
9293 \f
9294 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9295 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9297 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9298
9299 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9300 Show who's gone.
9301
9302 \(fn)" nil nil)
9303
9304 ;;;***
9305 \f
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9307 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18787 48924))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9309
9310 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9311 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9312 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9313 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9314
9315 \(fn)" nil nil)
9316
9317 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9318 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9319
9320 \(fn)" t nil)
9321
9322 ;;;***
9323 \f
9324 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9325 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18787 48924))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9327 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9328
9329 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9330 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9331 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9332 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9333
9334 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9335
9336 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9337 Not documented
9338
9339 \(fn)" nil nil)
9340
9341 ;;;***
9342 \f
9343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18787 48924))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9345 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9346
9347 ;;;***
9348 \f
9349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18787
9350 ;;;;;; 48924))
9351 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9352 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9353
9354 ;;;***
9355 \f
9356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18787 48924))
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9358 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9359
9360 ;;;***
9361 \f
9362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18787 48924))
9363 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9364 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9365
9366 ;;;***
9367 \f
9368 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9369 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18787 48924))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9371 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9372
9373 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9374 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9375
9376 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9377
9378 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9379 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9380 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9381
9382 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9383
9384 ;;;***
9385 \f
9386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18787 48924))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9388 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9389
9390 ;;;***
9391 \f
9392 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9393 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9395
9396 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9397 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9398 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9399
9400 \(fn)" t nil)
9401
9402 ;;;***
9403 \f
9404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18787
9405 ;;;;;; 48924))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9407 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9408
9409 ;;;***
9410 \f
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18787 48924))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9413 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9414
9415 ;;;***
9416 \f
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9418 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9420
9421 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9422 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9423 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9424
9425 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9426
9427 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9428 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9429 mode line.
9430
9431 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9432 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9433 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9434
9435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9436 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9437
9438 ;;;***
9439 \f
9440 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9441 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18787 48924))
9442 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9443 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9444
9445 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9446 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9447 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9448 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9449
9450 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9451
9452 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9453 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9454 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9455
9456 \(fn)" t nil)
9457
9458 ;;;***
9459 \f
9460 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9461 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9463 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9464
9465 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9466 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9467
9468 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9469
9470 ;;;***
9471 \f
9472 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18808
9473 ;;;;;; 43144))
9474 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9475
9476 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9477 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9478
9479 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9480
9481 \(fn)" nil nil)
9482
9483 ;;;***
9484 \f
9485 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18787
9486 ;;;;;; 48924))
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9488
9489 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9490 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9491
9492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9493
9494 ;;;***
9495 \f
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9497 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18787 48924))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9499
9500 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9501 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9502 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9503 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9504 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9505 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9506 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9507 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9508 buffer selected (or created).
9509
9510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9511
9512 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9513 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9514 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9515
9516 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9517
9518 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9519 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9520 The result might be any Lisp object.
9521 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9522 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9523 corresponding to a successful execution.
9524
9525 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9526
9527 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9528
9529 ;;;***
9530 \f
9531 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9532 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9533 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9534 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9535 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9536 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9537 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9538 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9540
9541 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9542 *File name of tags table.
9543 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9544 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9545 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9546 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9547
9548 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9549 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9550 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9551 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9552
9553 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9554
9555 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9556 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9557 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9558 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9559 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9560 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9561
9562 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9563
9564 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9565 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9566 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9567 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9568 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9569 `auto-compression-mode').")
9570
9571 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9572
9573 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9574 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9575 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9576 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9577 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9578
9579 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9580
9581 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9582 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9583 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9584 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9585
9586 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9587
9588 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9589 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9590 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9591 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9592 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9593
9594 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9595
9596 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9597 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9598
9599 \(fn)" t nil)
9600
9601 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9602 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9603 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9604 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9605
9606 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9607 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9608 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9609 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9610 file the tag was in.
9611
9612 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9613
9614 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9615 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9616 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9617 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9618 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9619 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9620 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9621 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9622 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9623
9624 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9625
9626 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9627 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9628 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9629 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9630 without directory names.
9631
9632 \(fn)" nil nil)
9633
9634 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9635 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9636 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9637 but does not select the buffer.
9638 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9639
9640 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9641 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9642 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9643 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9644 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9645
9646 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9647
9648 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9649 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9650 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9651
9652 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9653
9654 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9655
9656 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9657 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9658 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9659 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9660
9661 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9662 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9663 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9664 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9665 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9666
9667 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9668
9669 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9670 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9671 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9672
9673 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9674
9675 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9676 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9677
9678 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9679 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9680 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9681 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9682 around or before point.
9683
9684 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9685 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9686 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9687 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9688 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9689
9690 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9691
9692 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9693 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9694 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9695
9696 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9697
9698 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9699 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9700
9701 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9702 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9703 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9704 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9705 around or before point.
9706
9707 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9708 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9709 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9710 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9711 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9712
9713 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9714
9715 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9716 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9717 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9718
9719 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9720
9721 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9722 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9723
9724 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9725 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9726 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9727
9728 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9729 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9730 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9731 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9732 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9733
9734 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9735
9736 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9737 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9738 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9739
9740 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9741
9742 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9743 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9744 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9745
9746 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9747 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9748
9749 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9750 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9751 where they were found.
9752
9753 \(fn)" t nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9756 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9757
9758 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9759 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9760 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9761
9762 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9763 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9764
9765 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9766 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9767
9768 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9769
9770 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9771 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9772 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9773 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9774
9775 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9776 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9777 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9778 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9779 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9780
9781 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9782 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9783
9784 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9785 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9786 Stops when a match is found.
9787 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9788
9789 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9790
9791 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9792
9793 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9794 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9795 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9796 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9797 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9798 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9799 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9800 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9801
9802 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9803 produce the list of files to search.
9804
9805 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9806
9807 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9810 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9811 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9812 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9813 directory specification.
9814
9815 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9818 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9819
9820 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9823 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9824 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9825 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9826
9827 \(fn)" t nil)
9828
9829 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9830 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9831 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9832 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9833 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9834
9835 \(fn)" t nil)
9836
9837 ;;;***
9838 \f
9839 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9840 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9841 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9842 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9843 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9844 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9845 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9846 ;;;;;; (18811 27444))
9847 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9848
9849 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9850 Not documented
9851
9852 \(fn)" nil nil)
9853
9854 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9855 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9856
9857 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9858 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9859
9860 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9861 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9862 primary language.
9863
9864 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9865 even if the buffer is read-only.
9866
9867 See also the descriptions of the variables
9868 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9869
9870 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9871
9872 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9873 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9874
9875 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9876 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9877
9878 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9879 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9880 primary language.
9881
9882 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9883 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9884
9885 See also the descriptions of the variables
9886 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9887
9888 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9891 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9892 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9893 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9894
9895 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9896
9897 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9898 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9899 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9900 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9901
9902 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9903 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9904 primary language.
9905
9906 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9907 buffer is read-only.
9908
9909 See also the descriptions of the variables
9910 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9911 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9912
9913 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9914
9915 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9916 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9917
9918 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9919 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9920
9921 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9922 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9923 the primary language.
9924
9925 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9926 buffer is read-only.
9927
9928 See also the descriptions of the variables
9929 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9930 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9931
9932 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9933
9934 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9935 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9936 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9937
9938 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9939
9940 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9941 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9942
9943 \(fn)" t nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9946 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9947
9948 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9949 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9950 be 1, 2, or 3.
9951
9952 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9953 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9954 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9955
9956 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9957
9958 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9959
9960 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9961 This function is deprecated.
9962
9963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9964
9965 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9966 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9967
9968 \(fn)" t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9971 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9972
9973 \(fn)" t nil)
9974
9975 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9976 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9977
9978 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9979 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9980
9981 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9982 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9983
9984 \(fn)" nil nil)
9985
9986 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9987 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9988
9989 \(fn)" nil nil)
9990
9991 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9992 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9993
9994 \(fn)" nil nil)
9995
9996 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9997 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9998
9999 \(fn)" nil nil)
10000
10001 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10002 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10003 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10004
10005 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10006
10007 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10008 Not documented
10009
10010 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10011
10012 ;;;***
10013 \f
10014 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10015 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10016 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10018
10019 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10020 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10021 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10022 server for future sessions.
10023
10024 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10025
10026 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10027 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10028 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10029
10030 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10031
10032 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10033 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10034 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10035
10036 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10037
10038 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10039 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10040 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10041 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10042 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10043 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10044 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10045 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10046 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10047 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10048 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10049 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10050
10051 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10052
10053 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10054 Display a form to query the directory server.
10055 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10056 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10057
10058 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10059
10060 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10061 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10062 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10063
10064 \(fn)" t nil)
10065
10066 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10067
10068 ;;;***
10069 \f
10070 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10071 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10072 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18787 48930))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10074
10075 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10076 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10077
10078 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10079
10080 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10081 Display URL and make it clickable.
10082
10083 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10084
10085 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10086 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10087
10088 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10089
10090 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10091 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10092
10093 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10094
10095 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10096 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10097
10098 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10099
10100 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10101 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10102
10103 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10104
10105 ;;;***
10106 \f
10107 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10108 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18787 48930))
10109 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10110
10111 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10112 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10113 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10114
10115 \(fn)" t nil)
10116
10117 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10118 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10119
10120 \(fn)" t nil)
10121
10122 ;;;***
10123 \f
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10125 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10126 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10127
10128 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10129 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10130
10131 \(fn)" t nil)
10132
10133 ;;;***
10134 \f
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18787
10136 ;;;;;; 48922))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10138
10139 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10140 Create an empty ewoc.
10141
10142 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10143
10144 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10145 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10146 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10147 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10148 `insert-before-markers'.
10149
10150 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10151 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10152 respectively, of the ewoc.
10153
10154 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10155 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10156 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10157
10158 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10159
10160 ;;;***
10161 \f
10162 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10163 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10164 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10165 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10167
10168 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10169 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10170 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10171
10172 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10173
10174 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10175 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10176 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10177 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10178 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10179
10180 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10181
10182 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10183 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10184 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10185 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10186 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10187 executable.
10188
10189 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10190
10191 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10192 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10193 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10194
10195 \(fn)" t nil)
10196
10197 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10198 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10199 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10200 file modes.
10201
10202 \(fn)" nil nil)
10203
10204 ;;;***
10205 \f
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10207 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10208 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10210
10211 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10212 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10213 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10214 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10215
10216 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10217
10218 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10219 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10220 to generate such functions.
10221
10222 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10223 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10224 beginning of the expanded text.
10225
10226 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10227 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10228 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10229 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10230
10231 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10232
10233 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10234
10235 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10236 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10237 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10238
10239 \(fn)" nil nil)
10240
10241 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10242 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10243 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10244
10245 \(fn)" t nil)
10246
10247 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10248 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10249 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10250
10251 \(fn)" t nil)
10252 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10253 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10254
10255 ;;;***
10256 \f
10257 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18791 16531))
10258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10259
10260 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10261 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10262 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10263
10264 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10265 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10266 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10267
10268 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10269
10270 Key definitions:
10271 \\{f90-mode-map}
10272
10273 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10274
10275 `f90-do-indent'
10276 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10277 `f90-if-indent'
10278 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10279 `f90-type-indent'
10280 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10281 `f90-program-indent'
10282 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10283 (default 2).
10284 `f90-continuation-indent'
10285 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10286 `f90-comment-region'
10287 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10288 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10289 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10290 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10291 (default \"!\").
10292 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10293 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10294 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10295 `f90-break-delimiters'
10296 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10297 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10298 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10299 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10300 (default t).
10301 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10302 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10303 `f90-smart-end'
10304 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10305 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10306 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10307 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10308 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10309 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10310 `f90-leave-line-no'
10311 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10312
10313 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10314 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10315
10316 \(fn)" t nil)
10317
10318 ;;;***
10319 \f
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10321 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10322 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10323 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18787 48913))
10324 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10325
10326 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10327 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10328
10329 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10330 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10331
10332 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10333 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10334 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10335 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10336 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10337 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10338 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10339
10340 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10341 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10342 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10343
10344 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10345
10346 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10347 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10348
10349 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10350
10351 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10352 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10353 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10354 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10355 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10356 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10357
10358 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10359
10360 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10361 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10362 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10363
10364 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10365 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10366 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10367 will remove any scaling currently active.
10368
10369 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10370
10371 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10372 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10373 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10374
10375 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10376 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10377 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10378 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10379 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10380
10381 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10382 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10383
10384 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10385 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10386
10387 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10388 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10389 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10390
10391 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10392 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10393 is one of the above.
10394
10395 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10396 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10397 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10398 will remove any scaling currently active.
10399
10400 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10401 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10402 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10403 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10404 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10405
10406 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10407
10408 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10409 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10410 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10411 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10412
10413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10414
10415 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10416 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10417 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10418 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10419 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10420
10421 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10422 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10423
10424 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10427 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10428 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10429 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10430
10431 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10432 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10433 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10434 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10435
10436 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10437 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10438
10439 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10440
10441 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10442 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10443 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10444 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10445
10446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10447
10448 ;;;***
10449 \f
10450 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10451 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10452 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18577 50420))
10453 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10454
10455 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10456 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10457 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10458 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10459
10460 \(fn)" nil nil)
10461
10462 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10463 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10464
10465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10466
10467 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10468 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10469 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10470 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10471
10472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10473
10474 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10475 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10476 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10477 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10478 backup file names and the like).
10479
10480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10481
10482 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10483 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10484 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10485 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10486 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10487 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10488 internally by feedmail):
10489
10490 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10491 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10492 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10493 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10494
10495 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10496 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10497 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10498 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10499 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10500
10501 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10502
10503 ;;;***
10504 \f
10505 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10506 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18787 48913))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10508
10509 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10510 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10511 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10512 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10513 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10514 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10515 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10516
10517 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10518
10519 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10520 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10521 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10522 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10523 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10524 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10525 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10526
10527 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10528
10529 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10530
10531 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10532 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10533 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10534 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10535 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10536 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10537
10538 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10539
10540 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10541 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10542 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10543 Return value:
10544 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10545 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10546 * otherwise, nil
10547
10548 \(fn E)" t nil)
10549
10550 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10551 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10552
10553 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10554
10555 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10556 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10557
10558 \(fn)" t nil)
10559
10560 ;;;***
10561 \f
10562 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10563 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10564 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10565 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18787 48913))
10566 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10567
10568 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10569 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10570 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10571 be added to the cache.
10572
10573 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10574
10575 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10576 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10577 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10578 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10579 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10580
10581 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10584 Add FILE to the file cache.
10585
10586 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10589 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10590 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10591
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10593
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10595 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10596 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10597
10598 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10599
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10601 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10602 This function does not use any external programs
10603 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10604 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10605 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10606
10607 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10608
10609 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10610 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10611 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10612 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10613 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10614 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10615 \(directories) is done.
10616
10617 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10618
10619 ;;;***
10620 \f
10621 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18787
10622 ;;;;;; 48913))
10623 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10624
10625 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10626 Filesets initialization.
10627 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10628
10629 \(fn)" nil nil)
10630
10631 ;;;***
10632 \f
10633 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18787 48913))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10635
10636 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10637 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10638
10639 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10640 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10641 (mtime \"+1\"))
10642 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10643
10644 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10645 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10646
10647 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10648
10649 ;;;***
10650 \f
10651 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10652 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10653 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18787 48913))
10654 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10655
10656 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10657 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10658 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10659 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10660 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10661
10662 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10663
10664 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10665 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10666 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10667 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10668 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10669
10670 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10671
10672 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10673 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10674 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10675 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10676
10677 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10678
10679 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10680 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10681 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10682 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10683
10684 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10685
10686 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10687 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10688 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10689
10690 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10691
10692 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10693 as the final argument.
10694
10695 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10696
10697 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10698 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10699 and run dired on those files.
10700 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10701 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10702
10703 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10704
10705 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10706
10707 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10708 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10709 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10710
10711 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10712
10713 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10714
10715 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10716
10717 ;;;***
10718 \f
10719 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10720 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10721 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
10722 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10723
10724 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10725 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10726 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10727 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10728 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10729 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10730 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10731
10732 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10733 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10734 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10735
10736 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10737
10738 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10739
10740 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10741
10742 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10743 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10744 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10745
10746 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10747 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10748
10749 Variables of interest include:
10750
10751 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10752 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10753 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10754
10755 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10756 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10757 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10758
10759 - `ff-ignore-include'
10760 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10761
10762 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10763 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10764
10765 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10766 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10767
10768 - `ff-special-constructs'
10769 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10770 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10771 extracting the filename from that construct.
10772
10773 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10774 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10775
10776 - `ff-search-directories'
10777 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10778 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10779
10780 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10781 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10782
10783 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10784 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10785
10786 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10787 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10788
10789 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10790 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10791
10792 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10793 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10794
10795 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10796
10797 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10798 Visit the file you click on.
10799
10800 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10801
10802 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10803 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10804
10805 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10806
10807 ;;;***
10808 \f
10809 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10810 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10811 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10812 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10813 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10814 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10815 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18834 14041))
10816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10817
10818 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10819 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10820 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10821
10822 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10823
10824 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10825 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10826 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10827 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10828
10829 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10830 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10831 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10832 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10833
10834 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10835
10836 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10837 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10838
10839 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10840 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10841 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10842 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10843
10844 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10845 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10846 in `load-path'.
10847
10848 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10849
10850 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10851 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10852
10853 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10854 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10855 places point before the definition.
10856 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10857
10858 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10859 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10860 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10861
10862 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10863
10864 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10865 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10866
10867 See `find-function' for more details.
10868
10869 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10870
10871 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10872 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10873
10874 See `find-function' for more details.
10875
10876 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10877
10878 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10879 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10880
10881 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10882 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10883 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10884
10885 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10886 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10887
10888 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10889
10890 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10891 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10892
10893 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10894 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10895 places point before the definition.
10896
10897 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10898
10899 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10900 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10901 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10902
10903 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10904
10905 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10906 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10907
10908 See `find-variable' for more details.
10909
10910 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10911
10912 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10913 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10914
10915 See `find-variable' for more details.
10916
10917 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10918
10919 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10920 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10921 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10922 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10923 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10924 buffer nor display it.
10925
10926 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10927 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10928
10929 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10930
10931 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10932 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10933
10934 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10935 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10936 places point before the definition.
10937
10938 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10939
10940 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10941 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10942 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10943
10944 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10945
10946 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10947 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10948 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10949
10950 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10951
10952 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10953 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10954
10955 \(fn)" t nil)
10956
10957 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10958 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10959
10960 \(fn)" t nil)
10961
10962 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10963 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10964
10965 \(fn)" nil nil)
10966
10967 ;;;***
10968 \f
10969 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10970 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18787 48913))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10972
10973 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10974 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10975
10976 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10977
10978 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10979 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10980
10981 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10982
10983 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10984 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10985
10986 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10987
10988 ;;;***
10989 \f
10990 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10991 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18787 48913))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10993
10994 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10995 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10996
10997 \(fn)" t nil)
10998
10999 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11000 Display FILE's commentary section.
11001 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11002
11003 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11004
11005 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11006 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11007
11008 \(fn)" t nil)
11009
11010 ;;;***
11011 \f
11012 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11013 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18794 5653))
11014 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11015
11016 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11017 Toggle flow control handling.
11018 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11019 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11020
11021 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11022
11023 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11024 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11025 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11026 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11027 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11028 to get the effect of a C-q.
11029
11030 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11031
11032 ;;;***
11033 \f
11034 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11035 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11037
11038 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11039 Not documented
11040
11041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11042
11043 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11044 Not documented
11045
11046 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11047
11048 ;;;***
11049 \f
11050 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11051 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18844 39826))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11053
11054 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11055 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11056 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11057 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11058
11059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11060
11061 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11062 Turn flymake mode on.
11063
11064 \(fn)" nil nil)
11065
11066 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11067 Turn flymake mode off.
11068
11069 \(fn)" nil nil)
11070
11071 ;;;***
11072 \f
11073 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11074 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11075 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18852 12908))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11077
11078 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11079 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11080
11081 \(fn)" t nil)
11082 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11083
11084 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11085 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11086 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11087 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11088 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11089 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11090 otherwise turn it off.
11091
11092 Bindings:
11093 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11094 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11095 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11096 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11097
11098 Hooks:
11099 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11100
11101 Remark:
11102 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11103 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11104 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11105
11106 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11107 consider adding:
11108 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11109 in your .emacs file.
11110
11111 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11112 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11113
11114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11115
11116 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11117 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11118
11119 \(fn)" nil nil)
11120
11121 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11122 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11123
11124 \(fn)" nil nil)
11125
11126 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11127 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11128
11129 \(fn)" nil nil)
11130
11131 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11132 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11133
11134 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11135
11136 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11137 Flyspell whole buffer.
11138
11139 \(fn)" t nil)
11140
11141 ;;;***
11142 \f
11143 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11144 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11145 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
11146 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11147
11148 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11149 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11150
11151 \(fn)" nil nil)
11152
11153 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11154 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11155
11156 \(fn)" nil nil)
11157
11158 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11159 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11160
11161 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11162 of two major techniques:
11163
11164 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11165 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11166 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11167
11168 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11169 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11170 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11171 movement commands.
11172
11173 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11174 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11175 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11176 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11177 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11178 mileage may vary).
11179
11180 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11181 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11182
11183 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11184
11185 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11186 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11187 \(This is the default.)
11188
11189 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11190
11191 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11192 \\{follow-mode-map}
11193
11194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11195
11196 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11197 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11198
11199 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11200 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11201 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11202 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11203 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11204 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11205
11206 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11207 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11208 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11209
11210 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11211 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11212 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11213
11214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11215
11216 ;;;***
11217 \f
11218 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18787
11219 ;;;;;; 48929))
11220 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11221
11222 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11223 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11224 \\<message-mode-map>
11225 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
11226 started, play around with the following keys:
11227 key binding
11228 --- -------
11229 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11230 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11231 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11232 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11233 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11234 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11235 \\[Footnote-set-style] Footnote-set-style
11236
11237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11238
11239 ;;;***
11240 \f
11241 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11242 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18787 48913))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11244
11245 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11246 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11247
11248 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11249 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11250 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11251 C-c < forms-first-record <
11252 C-c > forms-last-record >
11253 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11254 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11255 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11256 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11257 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11258 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11259 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11260 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11261 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11262 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11263
11264 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11265
11266 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11267 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11268
11269 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11270
11271 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11272 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11273
11274 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11275
11276 ;;;***
11277 \f
11278 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11279 ;;;;;; (18791 16531))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11281
11282 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11283 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11284 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11285
11286 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11287 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11288
11289 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11290
11291 Key definitions:
11292 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11293
11294 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11295
11296 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11297 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11298 `fortran-do-indent'
11299 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11300 `fortran-if-indent'
11301 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11302 `fortran-structure-indent'
11303 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11304 (default 3)
11305 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11306 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11307 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11308 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11309 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11310 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11311 nil don't change the indentation
11312 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11313 value of either
11314 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11315 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11316 depending on the continuation format in use.
11317 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11318 indentation for a line of code.
11319 (default 'fixed)
11320 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11321 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11322 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11323 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11324 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11325 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11326 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11327 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11328 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11329 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11330 column 5.
11331 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11332 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11333 statements (default nil).
11334 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11335 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11336 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11337 `fortran-continuation-string'
11338 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11339 line (default \"$\").
11340 `fortran-comment-region'
11341 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11342 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11343 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11344 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11345 as typed (default t).
11346 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11347 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11348
11349 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11350 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11351
11352 \(fn)" t nil)
11353
11354 ;;;***
11355 \f
11356 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11357 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18787 48933))
11358 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11359
11360 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11361 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11362
11363 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11364 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11365
11366 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11367
11368 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11369 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11370
11371 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11372 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11373
11374 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11375
11376 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11377 Compile fortune file.
11378
11379 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11380 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11381
11382 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11383
11384 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11385 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11386
11387 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11388 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11389 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11390 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11391
11392 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11393
11394 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11395 Display a fortune cookie.
11396
11397 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11398 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11399 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11400 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11401
11402 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11403
11404 ;;;***
11405 \f
11406 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11407 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11409
11410 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11411 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11412 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11413 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11414
11415 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11416 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11417 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11418 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11419
11420 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11421 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11422 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11423 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11424 some of the buffers.
11425
11426 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11427
11428 The following commands help control operation :
11429
11430 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11431 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11432
11433 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11434 detailed description of this mode.
11435
11436 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11437 | GDB Toolbar |
11438 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11439 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11440 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11441 | | |
11442 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11443 | | |
11444 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11445 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11446 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11447
11448 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11449 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11450 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11451 session.
11452
11453 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11454
11455 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11456
11457 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11458 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11459
11460 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11461
11462 ;;;***
11463 \f
11464 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11465 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18787
11466 ;;;;;; 48922))
11467 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11468
11469 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11470 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11471 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11472 instead (which see).")
11473
11474 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11475 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11476
11477 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11478 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11479 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11480 documentation string instead.
11481
11482 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11483 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11484 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11485 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11486 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11487 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11488 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11489 enders are actually possible.
11490
11491 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11492 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11493
11494 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11495 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11496 `font-lock-keywords'.
11497
11498 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11499 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11500 runs the macro expansion.
11501
11502 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11503 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11504 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11505
11506 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11507
11508 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11509
11510 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11511 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11512
11513 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11514
11515 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11516 Enter generic mode MODE.
11517
11518 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11519 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11520 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11521
11522 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11523 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11524
11525 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11526
11527 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11528 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11529 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11530 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11531 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11532 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11533 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11534 `font-lock-keywords'.
11535
11536 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11537
11538 ;;;***
11539 \f
11540 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11541 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11543
11544 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11545 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11546 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11547 at places they belong to.
11548
11549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11550
11551 ;;;***
11552 \f
11553 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11554 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11555 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11557
11558 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11559 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11560 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11561
11562 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11563
11564 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11565 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11566
11567 Guideline for numbers:
11568 1 - error messages
11569 3 - non-serious error messages
11570 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11571 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11572 9 - messages inside loops.
11573
11574 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11575
11576 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11577 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11578 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11579
11580 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11581
11582 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11583 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11584
11585 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11586
11587 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11588 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11589
11590 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11591 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11592 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11593 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11594 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11595 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11596
11597 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11598 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11599 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11600 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11601 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11602
11603 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11604
11605 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11606
11607 ;;;***
11608 \f
11609 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11610 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18838 52324))
11611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11612 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11613 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11614
11615 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11616 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11617
11618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11619
11620 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11621 Read network news.
11622 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11623 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11624 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11625 name of an NNTP server to use.
11626 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11627 server.
11628
11629 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11630
11631 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11632 Read news as a slave.
11633
11634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11635
11636 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11637 Pop up a frame to read news.
11638 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11639 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11640 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11641 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11642 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11643 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11644 current display is used.
11645
11646 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11647
11648 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11649 Read network news.
11650 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11651 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11652 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11653
11654 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11655
11656 ;;;***
11657 \f
11658 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11659 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11660 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11661 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11662 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11663 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18787 48925))
11664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11665
11666 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11667 Start Gnus unplugged.
11668
11669 \(fn)" t nil)
11670
11671 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11672 Start Gnus plugged.
11673
11674 \(fn)" t nil)
11675
11676 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11677 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11678
11679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11680
11681 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11682 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11683
11684 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11685 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11686 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11687
11688 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11689 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11690 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11691
11692 \(fn)" t nil)
11693
11694 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11695 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11696
11697 \(fn)" nil nil)
11698
11699 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11700 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11701 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11702 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11703 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11704 supported.
11705
11706 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11707
11708 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11709 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11710 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11711 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11712 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11713 supported.
11714
11715 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11716
11717 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11718 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11719
11720 \(fn)" nil nil)
11721
11722 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11723 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11724 downloaded into the agent.
11725
11726 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11727
11728 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11729 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11730 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11731 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11732
11733 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11734
11735 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11736 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11737
11738 \(fn)" t nil)
11739
11740 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11741 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11742
11743 \(fn)" t nil)
11744
11745 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11746 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11747 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11748
11749 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11750
11751 ;;;***
11752 \f
11753 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11754 ;;;;;; (18841 61157))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11756
11757 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11758 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11759
11760 \(fn)" nil nil)
11761
11762 ;;;***
11763 \f
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11765 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11767
11768 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11769 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11770
11771 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11772
11773 ;;;***
11774 \f
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11776 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18787 48925))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11778
11779 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11780 Set a bookmark for this article.
11781
11782 \(fn)" t nil)
11783
11784 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11785 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11786
11787 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11788
11789 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11790 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11791 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11792 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11793 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11794
11795 \(fn)" t nil)
11796
11797 ;;;***
11798 \f
11799 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11800 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11801 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18787
11802 ;;;;;; 48925))
11803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11804
11805 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11806 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11807
11808 Usage:
11809 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11810
11811 \(fn)" t nil)
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11814 Generate the cache active file.
11815
11816 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11817
11818 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11819 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11820
11821 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11822
11823 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11824 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11825 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11826 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11827 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11828 supported.
11829
11830 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11831
11832 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11833 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11834 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11835 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11836 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11837 supported.
11838
11839 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11840
11841 ;;;***
11842 \f
11843 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11844 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18787 48925))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11846
11847 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11848 Delay this article by some time.
11849 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11850
11851 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11852 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11853
11854 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11855 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11856
11857 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11858 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11859
11860 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11861
11862 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11863 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11864
11865 \(fn)" t nil)
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11868 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11869 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11870 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11871
11872 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11873 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11874
11875 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11876
11877 ;;;***
11878 \f
11879 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11880 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18787 48925))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11882
11883 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11884 Not documented
11885
11886 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11887
11888 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11889 Not documented
11890
11891 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11892
11893 ;;;***
11894 \f
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11896 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11898
11899 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11900 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11901
11902 \(fn)" t nil)
11903
11904 ;;;***
11905 \f
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11907 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11909
11910 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11911 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11912
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11914
11915 ;;;***
11916 \f
11917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11918 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11919 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18787
11920 ;;;;;; 48925))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11922
11923 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11924 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11925
11926 \(fn)" t nil)
11927
11928 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11929 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11930
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11932
11933 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11934 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11935
11936 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11937 different input formats.
11938
11939 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11940
11941 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11942 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11943
11944 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11945 different input formats.
11946
11947 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11948
11949 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11950 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11951 The PNG is returned as a string.
11952
11953 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11954
11955 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11956 Convert FILE to a Face.
11957 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11958 726 bytes.
11959
11960 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11961
11962 ;;;***
11963 \f
11964 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11965 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18787 48925))
11966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11967
11968 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11969 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11970 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11971 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11972
11973 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11974
11975 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11976 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11977
11978 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11979
11980 ;;;***
11981 \f
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11983 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11985
11986 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11987
11988 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11989 Run batched scoring.
11990 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11991
11992 \(fn)" t nil)
11993
11994 ;;;***
11995 \f
11996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11997 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11998 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12000
12001 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12002 Not documented
12003
12004 \(fn)" nil nil)
12005
12006 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12007 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12008 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12009
12010 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12013 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12014
12015 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12016
12017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12018
12019 ;;;***
12020 \f
12021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12022 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12023 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12025
12026 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12027 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12028 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12029 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12030 group parameters.
12031
12032 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12033 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12034 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12035 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12036
12037 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12038 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12039 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12040 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12041 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12042 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12043 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12044 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12045 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12046 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12047
12048 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12049
12050 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12051 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12052 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12053 nil CATCH-ALL).
12054
12055 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12056 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12057
12058 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12061 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12062 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12063
12064 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12065
12066 \(fn)" nil nil)
12067
12068 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12069 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12070 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12071
12072 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12073
12074 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12075 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12076 existing groups are considered.
12077
12078 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12079 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12080 returned.
12081
12082 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12083 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12084 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12085 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12086 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12087 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12088 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12089 clauses will be generated.
12090
12091 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12092 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12093 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12094 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12095 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12096 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12097
12098 For example, given the following group parameters:
12099
12100 nnml:mail.bar:
12101 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12102 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12103 nnml:mail.foo:
12104 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12105 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12106 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12107 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12108 nnml:mail.others:
12109 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12110
12111 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12112
12113 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12114 \"mail.bar\")
12115 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12116 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12117 \"mail.others\")
12118
12119 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12120
12121 ;;;***
12122 \f
12123 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12124 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12126
12127 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12128 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12129 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12130
12131 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12132
12133 ;;;***
12134 \f
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12136 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18791 16520))
12137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12138
12139 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12140 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12141 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12142 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12143
12144 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12145
12146 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12147 Mail to ADDRESS.
12148
12149 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12150
12151 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12152 Like `message-reply'.
12153
12154 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12155
12156 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12157
12158 ;;;***
12159 \f
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12161 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18850 57238))
12162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12163
12164 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12165 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12166
12167 \(fn)" t nil)
12168
12169 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12170 Load the NoCeM cache.
12171
12172 \(fn)" t nil)
12173
12174 ;;;***
12175 \f
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12177 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12178 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12180
12181 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12182 Display picons in the From header.
12183 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12184
12185 \(fn)" t nil)
12186
12187 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12188 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12189 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12190
12191 \(fn)" t nil)
12192
12193 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12194 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12195 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12196
12197 \(fn)" t nil)
12198
12199 ;;;***
12200 \f
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12202 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12203 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12204 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12205 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18787 48925))
12206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12207
12208 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12209 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12210 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12211 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12212
12213 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12214
12215 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12216 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12217 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12218 LIST1 is modified.
12219
12220 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12221
12222 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12223 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12224 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12225
12226 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12227
12228 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12229 Not documented
12230
12231 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12232
12233 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12234 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12235 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12236
12237 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12238
12239 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12240 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12241 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12242
12243 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12244
12245 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12246
12247 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12248 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12249 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12250
12251 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12254 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12255 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12256
12257 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12258
12259 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12260 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12261 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12262
12263 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12264
12265 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12266 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12267
12268 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12269
12270 ;;;***
12271 \f
12272 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12273 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18787 48925))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12277 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12278
12279 \(fn)" t nil)
12280
12281 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12282 Install the registry hooks.
12283
12284 \(fn)" t nil)
12285
12286 ;;;***
12287 \f
12288 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12289 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18787
12290 ;;;;;; 48925))
12291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12292
12293 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12294 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12295 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12296 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12297 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12298 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12299
12300 \(fn)" t nil)
12301
12302 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12303 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12304 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12305 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12306 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12307
12308 \(fn)" t nil)
12309
12310 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12311 Not documented
12312
12313 \(fn)" t nil)
12314
12315 ;;;***
12316 \f
12317 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12318 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12320
12321 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12322 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12323 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12324 for matching on group names.
12325
12326 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12327 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12328
12329 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12330
12331 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12332
12333 \(fn)" t nil)
12334
12335 ;;;***
12336 \f
12337 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12338 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12340
12341 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12342 Update the format specification near point.
12343
12344 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12345
12346 ;;;***
12347 \f
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12349 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18791
12350 ;;;;;; 16521))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12352
12353 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12354 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12355
12356 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12357
12358 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12359 Not documented
12360
12361 \(fn)" nil nil)
12362
12363 ;;;***
12364 \f
12365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12366 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12368
12369 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12370 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12371
12372 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12373
12374 ;;;***
12375 \f
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18787 48933))
12377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12378
12379 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12380 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12381
12382 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12383 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12384 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12385
12386 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12387 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12388 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12389
12390 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12391 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12392
12393 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12394 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12395
12396 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12397
12398 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12399
12400 ;;;***
12401 \f
12402 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12403 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18799
12404 ;;;;;; 16232))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12406
12407 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12408
12409 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12410 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12411 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12412 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12413 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12414
12415 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12416
12417 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12418 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12419 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12420 or to send e-mail.
12421 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12422 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12423
12424 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12425 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12426
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12428 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12429
12430 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12431 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12432
12433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12434
12435 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12436 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12437
12438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12439
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12443 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12444 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18812 37880))
12445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12446
12447 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12448 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12449
12450 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12451
12452 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12453 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12454 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12455 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12456 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12457
12458 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12459 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12460
12461 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12462
12463 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12464 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12465 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12466 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12467
12468 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12469
12470 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12471 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12472
12473 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12474
12475 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12476 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12477
12478 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12479 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12480 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12481
12482 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12483 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12484 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12485
12486 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12487 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12488 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12489 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12490
12491 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12492 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12493 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12494 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12495 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12496
12497 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12498
12499 (defvar grep-history nil)
12500
12501 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12502
12503 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12504 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12505 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12506
12507 \(fn)" nil nil)
12508
12509 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12510 Not documented
12511
12512 \(fn)" nil nil)
12513
12514 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12515 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12516
12517 \(fn)" nil nil)
12518
12519 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12520 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12521 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12522 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12523 found matches.
12524
12525 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12526 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12527
12528 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12529 can easily repeat a grep command.
12530
12531 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12532 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12533 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12534 list is empty).
12535
12536 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12537
12538 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12539 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12540 Collect output in a buffer.
12541 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12542 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12543
12544 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12545 easily repeat a find command.
12546
12547 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12548
12549 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12550
12551 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12552 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12553 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12554 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12555 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12556
12557 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12558 before it is executed.
12559 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12560
12561 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12562 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12563 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12564
12565 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12566
12567 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12568
12569 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12570 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12571 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12572 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12573 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12574
12575 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12576 before it is executed.
12577 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12578
12579 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12580 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12581 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12582
12583 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12584
12585 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12586
12587 ;;;***
12588 \f
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18792 40816))
12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12591
12592 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12593 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12594 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12595 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12596 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12597
12598 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12599
12600 ;;;***
12601 \f
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12603 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18787 48934))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12605
12606 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12607 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12608 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12609 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12610
12611 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12612
12613 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12614 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12615 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12616 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12617
12618 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12619
12620 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12621 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12622 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12623 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12624
12625 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12626
12627 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12628 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12629 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12630 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12631
12632 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12633 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12634
12635 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12636
12637 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12638 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12639 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12640 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12641
12642 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12643
12644 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12645 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12646 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12647 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12648
12649 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12650
12651 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12652 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12653 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12654 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12655 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12656
12657 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12658 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12659 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12660 original source file access method.
12661
12662 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12663 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12664
12665 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12666 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12667
12668 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12669
12670 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12671 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12672
12673 \(fn)" t nil)
12674
12675 ;;;***
12676 \f
12677 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18787
12678 ;;;;;; 48933))
12679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12680
12681 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12682 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12683 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12684 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12685
12686 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12687 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12688 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12689 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12690
12691 \(fn)" t nil)
12692
12693 ;;;***
12694 \f
12695 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12696 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
12697 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12698
12699 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12700 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12701
12702 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12703
12704 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12705 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12706 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12707 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12708
12709 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12710
12711 \(fn)" t nil)
12712
12713 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12714 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12715 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12716 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12717 to be updated.
12718
12719 \(fn)" t nil)
12720
12721 ;;;***
12722 \f
12723 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12724 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12725 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18787 48929))
12726 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12727
12728 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12729 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12730
12731 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12734 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12735 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12736
12737 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12738
12739 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12740 Verify a hashcash payment
12741
12742 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12743
12744 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12745 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12746 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12747 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12748 `mail-add-payment-async').
12749
12750 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12751
12752 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12753 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12754 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12755 Calculation is asynchronous.
12756
12757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12758
12759 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12760 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12761 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12762
12763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12764
12765 ;;;***
12766 \f
12767 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12768 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12769 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12770 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18787 48913))
12771 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12772
12773 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12774 Return the help-echo string at point.
12775 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12776 property, or nil, is returned.
12777 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12778 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12779 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12780
12781 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12782
12783 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12784 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12785 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12786 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12787 this produces no string either, return nil.
12788
12789 \(fn)" nil nil)
12790
12791 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12792 Display local help in the echo area.
12793 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12794 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12795 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12796 printed instead.
12797
12798 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12799 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12800 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12801
12802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12803
12804 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12805 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12806 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12807
12808 \(fn)" t nil)
12809
12810 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12811 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12812 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12813
12814 \(fn)" t nil)
12815
12816 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12817 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12818 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12819 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12820 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12821 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12822 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12823 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12824 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12825 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12826 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12827
12828 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12829 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12830 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12831 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12832 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12833
12834 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12835 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12836 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12837 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12838 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12839 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12840 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12841 The default is `never'.")
12842
12843 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12844
12845 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12846 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12847 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12848 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12849 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12850 considered different regions.
12851
12852 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12853 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12854 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12855 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12856 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12857 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12858 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12859 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12860 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12861
12862 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12863
12864 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12865 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12866 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12867 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12868 different regions.
12869
12870 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12871 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12872 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12873 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12874 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12875 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12876 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12877 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12878
12879 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12880 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12881 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12882 rarely happens in practice.
12883
12884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12887 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12888 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12889 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12890 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12891 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12892
12893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12894
12895 ;;;***
12896 \f
12897 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12898 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12899 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12900 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12901 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12902
12903 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12904 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12905
12906 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12907
12908 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12909 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12910 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12911
12912 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12913
12914 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12915 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12916 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12917 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12918 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12919 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12920 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12921 search for a function definition.
12922
12923 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12924 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12925 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12926 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12927 suitable file is found, return nil.
12928
12929 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12930
12931 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12932 Not documented
12933
12934 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12935
12936 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12937 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12938 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12939 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12940
12941 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12942
12943 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12944 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12945 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12946 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12947 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12948 it is displayed along with the global value.
12949
12950 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12951
12952 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12953 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12954 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12955 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12956
12957 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12958
12959 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12960 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12961 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12962 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12963 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12964
12965 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12966
12967 ;;;***
12968 \f
12969 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12970 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12971 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12972
12973 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12974 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12975 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12976 window listing and describing the options.
12977 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12978 gives the window that lists the options.")
12979
12980 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12981
12982 ;;;***
12983 \f
12984 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12985 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12986 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18787
12987 ;;;;;; 48914))
12988 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12989
12990 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12991 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12992 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12993 Commands:
12994 \\{help-mode-map}
12995
12996 \(fn)" t nil)
12997
12998 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12999 Not documented
13000
13001 \(fn)" nil nil)
13002
13003 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13004 Not documented
13005
13006 \(fn)" nil nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13009 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13010
13011 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13012 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13013 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13014 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13015
13016 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13017 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13018 restore it properly when going back.
13019
13020 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13021
13022 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13023 Not documented
13024
13025 \(fn)" nil nil)
13026
13027 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13028 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13029
13030 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13031 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13032 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13033 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13034 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13035 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13036 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13037 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13038
13039 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13040 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13041 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13042 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13043
13044 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13045 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13046 that.
13047
13048 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13049
13050 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13051 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13052 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13053 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13054 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13055 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13056
13057 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13058
13059 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13060 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13061 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13062 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13063 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13064
13065 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13066
13067 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13068 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13069
13070 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13071
13072 ;;;***
13073 \f
13074 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18787 48922))
13076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13077
13078 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13079 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13080
13081 \(fn)" t nil)
13082
13083 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13084 Provide help for current mode.
13085
13086 \(fn)" t nil)
13087
13088 ;;;***
13089 \f
13090 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13091 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18791 16509))
13092 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13093
13094 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13095 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13096 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13097 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13098 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13099
13100 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13101 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13102
13103 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13104 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13105 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13106 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13107
13108 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13109 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13110 periods.
13111
13112 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13113 in hexl format.
13114
13115 A sample format:
13116
13117 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13118 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13119 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13120 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13121 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13122 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13123 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13124 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13125 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13126 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13127 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13128 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13129 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13130 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13131 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13132
13133 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13134 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13135 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13136
13137 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13138 also supported.
13139
13140 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13141
13142 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13143 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13144 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13145
13146 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13147 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13148 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13149
13150 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13151 into the buffer at the current point.
13152
13153 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13154 into the buffer at the current point.
13155
13156 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13157 into the buffer at the current point.
13158
13159 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13160
13161 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13162 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13163
13164 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13165
13166 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13167
13168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13169
13170 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13171 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13172 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13173 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13174
13175 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13176
13177 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13178 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13179 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13180
13181 \(fn)" t nil)
13182
13183 ;;;***
13184 \f
13185 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13186 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13187 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13188 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13189 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13190
13191 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13192 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13193
13194 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13195 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13196 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13197 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13198 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13199 called interactively, are:
13200
13201 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13202 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13203
13204 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13205 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13206 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13207 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13208
13209 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13210 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13211
13212 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13213 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13214
13215 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13216 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13217 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13218 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13219 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13220 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13221 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13222 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13223 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13224 function returns t.
13225
13226 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13227 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13228
13229 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13230 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13231 form:
13232 Hi-lock: FOO
13233 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13234 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13235 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13236 Patterns will be read until
13237 Hi-lock: end
13238 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13239
13240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13241
13242 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13243 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13244 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13246 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13247 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13248
13249 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13250
13251 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13252 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13253 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13254 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13255 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13256
13257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13258
13259 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13260
13261 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13262 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13263
13264 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13265 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13266 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13267 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13268 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13269
13270 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13271
13272 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13273
13274 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13275 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13276
13277 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13278 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13279 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13280 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13281 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13282
13283 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13284
13285 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13286
13287 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13288 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13289
13290 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13291 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13292
13293 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13294
13295 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13296
13297 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13298 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13299
13300 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13301 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13302 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13303 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13304 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13305
13306 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13309 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13310
13311 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13312 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13313 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13314
13315 \(fn)" t nil)
13316
13317 ;;;***
13318 \f
13319 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13320 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
13321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13322
13323 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13324 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13325 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13326 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13327 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13328 how the hiding is done:
13329
13330 `hide-ifdef-env'
13331 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13332 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13333 is used.
13334
13335 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13336 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13337 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13338 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13339 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13340
13341 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13342 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13343 #endif lines when hiding.
13344
13345 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13346 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13347 is activated.
13348
13349 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13350 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13351 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13352
13353 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13354
13355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13356
13357 ;;;***
13358 \f
13359 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13360 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
13361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13362
13363 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13364 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13365 Each element has the form
13366 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13367
13368 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13369 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13370
13371 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13372 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13373
13374 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13375 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13376 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13377 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13378 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13379 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13380
13381 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13382 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13383
13384 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13385 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13386
13387 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13388 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13389 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13390
13391 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13392 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13393 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13394 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13395 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13396
13397 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13398 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13399 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13400
13401 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13402 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13403
13404 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13405
13406 Key bindings:
13407 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13408
13409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13410
13411 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13412 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13413
13414 \(fn)" nil nil)
13415
13416 ;;;***
13417 \f
13418 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13419 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13420 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13421 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13422 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18787
13423 ;;;;;; 48914))
13424 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13425
13426 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13427 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13428
13429 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13430
13431 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13432 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13433 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13434 on and off.
13435
13436 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13437 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13438 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13439 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13440 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13441 through various faces.
13442 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13443 buffer with the contents of a file
13444 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13445
13446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13447
13448 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13449 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13450
13451 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13452 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13453 in a distinctive face.
13454
13455 The default value can be customized with variable
13456 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13457
13458 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13459
13460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13461
13462 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13463 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13464 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13465
13466 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13467
13468 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13469 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13470
13471 \(fn)" t nil)
13472
13473 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13474 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13475
13476 \(fn)" t nil)
13477
13478 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13479 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13480
13481 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13482 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13483 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13484 shown in the last face in the list.
13485
13486 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13487 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13488 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13489
13490 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13491
13492 \(fn)" t nil)
13493
13494 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13495 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13496
13497 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13498
13499 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13500 to save the file.
13501
13502 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13503 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13504
13505 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13506 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13507 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13508
13509 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13510
13511 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13512 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13513
13514 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13515 this function is called interactively.
13516
13517 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13518 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13519 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13520
13521 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13522 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13523 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13524
13525 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13526
13527 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13528 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13529 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13532 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13533
13534 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13535
13536 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13537 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13538 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13539 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13540 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13541
13542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13543
13544 ;;;***
13545 \f
13546 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13547 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13548 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13549 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13550 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18787 48914))
13551 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13552
13553 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13554 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13555 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13556 or insert functions in this list.")
13557
13558 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13559
13560 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13561 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13562
13563 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13564
13565 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13566 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13567
13568 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13569
13570 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13571 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13572
13573 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13574
13575 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13576 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13577
13578 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13579
13580 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13581 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13582 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13583
13584 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13585
13586 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13587 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13588 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13589 \(as atoms)")
13590
13591 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13592
13593 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13594 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13595 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13596 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13597 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13598
13599 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13600
13601 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13602 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13603 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13604 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13605 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13606 expansions.
13607 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13608 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13609 undoes the expansion.
13610
13611 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13612
13613 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13614 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13615 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13616 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13617
13618 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13619
13620 ;;;***
13621 \f
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13623 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13624 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13625
13626 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13627 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13628 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13629
13630 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13631 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13632 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13633 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13634 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13635
13636 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13637 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13638 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13639 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13640
13641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13642
13643 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13644 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13645 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13648 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13649
13650 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13651
13652 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13653 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13654 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13655
13656 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13657 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13658
13659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13660
13661 ;;;***
13662 \f
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13664 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13665 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13666 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13667 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18794 5654))
13668 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13669
13670 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13671 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13672 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13673
13674 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13675
13676 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13677
13678 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13679
13680 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13681 Oriental holidays.
13682 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13683
13684 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13685
13686 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13687
13688 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13689
13690 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13691 Local holidays.
13692 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13693
13694 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13695
13696 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13697
13698 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13699
13700 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13701 User defined holidays.
13702 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13703
13704 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13705
13706 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13707
13708 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13709
13710 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13711 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13712
13713 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13714
13715 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13716 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13717
13718 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13719
13720 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13721 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13722
13723 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13724
13725 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13726 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13727
13728 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13729
13730 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13731 Jewish holidays.
13732 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13733
13734 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13735
13736 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13737
13738 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13739
13740 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13741 Christian holidays.
13742 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13743
13744 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13745
13746 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13747
13748 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13749
13750 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13751 Islamic holidays.
13752 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13753
13754 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13755
13756 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13757
13758 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13759
13760 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13761 Baha'i holidays.
13762 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13763
13764 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13765
13766 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13767
13768 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13769
13770 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13771 Sun-related holidays.
13772 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13773
13774 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13775
13776 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13777
13778 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13779
13780 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
13781 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
13782
13783 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
13784 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
13785 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
13786 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
13787 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
13788 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
13789 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
13790
13791 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
13792 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
13793
13794 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
13795 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
13796 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
13797 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
13798 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
13799 `calendar-holidays' directly.
13800
13801 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
13802 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
13803
13804 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
13805 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
13806 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
13807 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
13808
13809 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
13810 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional DAY) is the Kth DAYNAME
13811 (0 for Sunday, etc.) after/before Gregorian
13812 MONTH DAY. K<0 means count back from the end
13813 of the month. Optional DAY defaults to 1 if
13814 K>0, and MONTH's last day otherwise.
13815 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
13816 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
13817 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
13818 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
13819 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
13820 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
13821 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
13822 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
13823 is an expression in the variable `date'.
13824
13825 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
13826
13827 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
13828
13829 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
13830 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
13831
13832 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
13833
13834 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
13835 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
13836
13837 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
13838
13839 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
13840 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
13841
13842 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
13843
13844 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
13845 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
13846
13847 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
13848
13849 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
13850 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
13851
13852 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
13853
13854 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
13855 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
13856 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
13857
13858 (holiday-sexp
13859 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
13860 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13861 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13862 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13863 (list 11 1 year)))))))
13864 \"US Presidential Election\")
13865
13866 or
13867
13868 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
13869 (holiday-fixed 11
13870 (calendar-extract-day
13871 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13872 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13873 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13874 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
13875 \"US Presidential Election\"))
13876
13877 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
13878
13879 (lunar-phases)
13880
13881 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
13882 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
13883 with descriptive strings such as
13884
13885 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
13886
13887 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "holidays" t)
13888
13889 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13890
13891 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13892 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13893 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13894 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13895
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13897
13898 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13899 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13900 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13901 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13902 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13903
13904 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13905 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13906
13907 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13908 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13909
13910 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13911 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13912 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13913 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13914 of a holiday list.
13915
13916 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13917
13918 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13919
13920 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13921
13922 ;;;***
13923 \f
13924 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18787
13925 ;;;;;; 48925))
13926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13927
13928 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13929 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13930
13931 \(fn)" t nil)
13932
13933 ;;;***
13934 \f
13935 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13936 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13937 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13938 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13947 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13948 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13949 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13950 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13951 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13957 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18787 48914))
13958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13959
13960 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13962 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13963
13964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13965
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13967 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13968
13969 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13970
13971 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13972 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13973
13974 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13977 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13978
13979 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13980
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13983
13984 \(fn)" t nil)
13985
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13988
13989 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13990
13991 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13993
13994 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13995 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13996 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13997 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13998 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13999 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14000 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch "ibuf-ext")
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14008
14009 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14010 Not documented
14011
14012 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14013
14014 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14015 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14016
14017 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14018
14019 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14020 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14021
14022 \(fn)" t nil)
14023
14024 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14025 Remove the first filter group.
14026
14027 \(fn)" t nil)
14028
14029 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14030 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14031
14032 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14033
14034 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14035 Remove all filter groups.
14036
14037 \(fn)" t nil)
14038
14039 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14040 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14041
14042 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14043
14044 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14045 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14046 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14047
14048 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14049
14050 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14051 Kill the filter group at point.
14052 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14053
14054 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14055
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14058
14059 \(fn)" t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14063
14064 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14065
14066 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14067 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14068 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14069 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14070
14071 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14072
14073 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14075 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14076
14077 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14078
14079 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14080 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14081 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14082
14083 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14087
14088 \(fn)" t nil)
14089
14090 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14092
14093 \(fn)" t nil)
14094
14095 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14097
14098 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14099 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14100 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14101
14102 \(fn)" t nil)
14103
14104 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14105 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14106
14107 \(fn)" t nil)
14108
14109 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14110 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14111
14112 \(fn)" t nil)
14113
14114 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14115 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14116 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14117 filter into parts.
14118
14119 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14120
14121 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14123 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14124
14125 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14126
14127 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14128 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14129
14130 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14131
14132 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14133 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14134
14135 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14136
14137 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14138 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14139
14140 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14141 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14142 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14144 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14145 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14146 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14147 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14148 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14149
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14152 Default sorting modes are:
14153 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14154 Name - the name of the buffer
14155 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14156 Size - the size of the buffer
14157
14158 \(fn)" t nil)
14159
14160 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14162
14163 \(fn)" t nil)
14164 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14165 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14166 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14167 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14168 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14169
14170 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14171 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14172
14173 \(fn)" t nil)
14174
14175 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14177 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14178 for this Ibuffer session.
14179
14180 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14181
14182 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14183 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14184 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14185 for this Ibuffer session.
14186
14187 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14188
14189 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14190 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14191
14192 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14193 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14194
14195 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14196 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14197
14198 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14199
14200 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14202
14203 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14204 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14205
14206 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14207
14208 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14209 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14210
14211 \(fn)" t nil)
14212
14213 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14214 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14215
14216 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14217 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14218 hidden group filter, open it.
14219
14220 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14221 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14222 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14223
14224 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14225
14226 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14227 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14228 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14229 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14230
14231 \(fn)" t nil)
14232
14233 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14234 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14235
14236 The names are separated by a space.
14237 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14238
14239 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14240 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14241 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14242 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14243
14244 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14245
14246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14247
14248 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14249 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14250
14251 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14252
14253 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14254 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14255
14256 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14257
14258 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14259 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14260
14261 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14262
14263 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14264 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14265
14266 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14267
14268 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14269 Mark all modified buffers.
14270
14271 \(fn)" t nil)
14272
14273 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14274 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14275
14276 \(fn)" t nil)
14277
14278 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14279 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14280
14281 \(fn)" t nil)
14282
14283 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14284 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14285
14286 \(fn)" t nil)
14287
14288 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14289 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14290
14291 \(fn)" t nil)
14292
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14294 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14295
14296 \(fn)" t nil)
14297
14298 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14299 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14300
14301 \(fn)" t nil)
14302
14303 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14304 Mark all read-only buffers.
14305
14306 \(fn)" t nil)
14307
14308 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14309 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14310
14311 \(fn)" t nil)
14312
14313 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14314 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14315 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14316 defaults to one.
14317
14318 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14319
14320 ;;;***
14321 \f
14322 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14323 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18787
14324 ;;;;;; 48914))
14325 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14326
14327 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14328 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14329
14330 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14331 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14332 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14333
14334 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14335 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14336 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14337 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14338 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14339 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14340
14341 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14342 title of the column.
14343
14344 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14345 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14346 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14347 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14348 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14349
14350 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14351
14352 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14353 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14354 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14355 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14356 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14357
14358 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14359 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14360 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14361
14362 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14363
14364 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14365 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14366 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14367 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14368 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14369 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14370
14371 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14372 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14373 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14374 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14375 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14376 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14377 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14378 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14379 values are:
14380 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14381 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14382 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14383 buffer's modification flag.
14384 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14385 prompted before performing this operation.
14386 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14387 operation is complete, in the form:
14388 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14389 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14390 confirmation message, in the form:
14391 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14392 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14393 macro for exactly what it does.
14394
14395 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14396
14397 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14398 Define a filter named NAME.
14399 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14400 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14401 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14402
14403 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14404 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14405 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14406 bound to the current value of the filter.
14407
14408 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14409
14410 ;;;***
14411 \f
14412 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14413 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18853 58440))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14415
14416 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14417 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14418 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14419 buffers which are visiting a file.
14420
14421 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14422
14423 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14424 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14425 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14426 buffers which are visiting a file.
14427
14428 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14429
14430 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14431 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14432 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14433
14434 All arguments are optional.
14435 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14436 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14437 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14438 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14439 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14440 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14441 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14442 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14443 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14444 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14445 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14446 that value locally in this buffer.
14447
14448 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14449
14450 ;;;***
14451 \f
14452 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14453 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14454 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18813 56068))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14456
14457 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14458 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14459 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14460 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14461
14462 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14463
14464 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14465 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14466 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14467 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14468 ICAL-FILENAME.
14469 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14470 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14471 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14472
14473 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14474
14475 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14476 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14477 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14478 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14479 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14480 non-marking or not.
14481
14482 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14483
14484 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14485 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14486
14487 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14488 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14489 DIARY-FILE.
14490
14491 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14492 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14493 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14494
14495 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14496 non-marking.
14497
14498 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14499 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14500 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14501
14502 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14503
14504 ;;;***
14505 \f
14506 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18787
14507 ;;;;;; 48914))
14508 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14509
14510 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14511 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14512 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14514 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14515 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14516
14517 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14518
14519 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14520 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14521 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14522 otherwise turn it off.
14523
14524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14525
14526 ;;;***
14527 \f
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18791 16531))
14529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14530
14531 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14532 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14533 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14534 Tab indents for Icon code.
14535 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14537 \\{icon-mode-map}
14538 Variables controlling indentation style:
14539 icon-tab-always-indent
14540 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14541 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14542 icon-auto-newline
14543 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14544 inserted in Icon code.
14545 icon-indent-level
14546 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14547 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14548 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14549 icon-continued-statement-offset
14550 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14551 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14552 icon-continued-brace-offset
14553 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14554 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14555 icon-brace-offset
14556 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14557 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14558 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14559 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14560
14561 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14562 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14563
14564 \(fn)" t nil)
14565
14566 ;;;***
14567 \f
14568 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14569 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
14570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14571
14572 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14573 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14574 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14575 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14576
14577 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14578 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14579 separate frames.
14580
14581 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14582 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14583
14584 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14585 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14586 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14587
14588 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14589
14590 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14591
14592 ;;;***
14593 \f
14594 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14595 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
14596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14597
14598 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14599 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14600
14601 The main features of this mode are
14602
14603 1. Indentation and Formatting
14604 --------------------------
14605 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14606 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14607
14608 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14609 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14610 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14611 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14612
14613 Comments are indented as follows:
14614
14615 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14616 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14617 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14618
14619 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14620
14621 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14622 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14623 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14624 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14625 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14626 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14627
14628 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14629 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14630 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14631 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14632
14633 2. Routine Info
14634 ------------
14635 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14636 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14637 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14638 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14639 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14640 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14641 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14642 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14643 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14644 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14645
14646 3. Online IDL Help
14647 ---------------
14648
14649 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14650 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14651 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14652 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14653
14654 4. Completion
14655 ----------
14656 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14657 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14658 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14659 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14660 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14661 upper case.
14662
14663 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14664 --------------------------------
14665 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14666 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14667
14668 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14669 \\fu FUNCTION template
14670 \\c CASE statement template
14671 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14672 \\f FOR loop template
14673 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14674 \\w WHILE loop template
14675 \\i IF statement template
14676 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14677 \\b BEGIN
14678
14679 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14680 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14681
14682 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14683 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14684 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14685 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14686
14687 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14688 -------------------------
14689 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14690 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14691
14692 7. Automatic END completion
14693 ------------------------
14694 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14695 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14696
14697 8. Hooks
14698 -----
14699 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14700 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14701
14702 9. Documentation and Customization
14703 -------------------------------
14704 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14705 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14706 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14707 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14708 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14709
14710 10.Keybindings
14711 -----------
14712 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14713 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14714 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14715
14716 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14717
14718 \(fn)" t nil)
14719
14720 ;;;***
14721 \f
14722 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14723 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14724 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14725 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14726 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14727 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14728 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14729 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18787
14730 ;;;;;; 48914))
14731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14732
14733 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14734 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14735 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14736 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14737 displaying...)
14738 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14739 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14740 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14741
14742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14743 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14744
14745 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14746
14747 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14748 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14749 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14750 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14751 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14752 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14753 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14754 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14755 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14756
14757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14758
14759 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14760 Switch to another buffer.
14761 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14762 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14763 in another frame.
14764
14765 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14766 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14767 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14768 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14769 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14770
14771 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14772 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14773
14774 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14775 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14776
14777 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14778 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14779 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14780 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14781 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14782 in a separate window.
14783 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14784 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14785 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14786 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14787 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14788 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14789 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14790 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14791 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14792
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14794
14795 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14796 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14797 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14798 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14799
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14801
14802 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14803 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14804 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14805 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14806
14807 \(fn)" t nil)
14808
14809 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14810 Kill a buffer.
14811 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14812 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14813
14814 \(fn)" t nil)
14815
14816 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14817 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14818 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14819 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14820
14821 \(fn)" t nil)
14822
14823 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14824 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14825 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14826 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14827
14828 \(fn)" t nil)
14829
14830 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14831 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14832
14833 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14834
14835 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14836 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14837 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14838 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14839 visible in another frame.
14840
14841 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14842 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14843 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14844 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14845 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14846 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14847
14848 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14849 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14850
14851 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14852 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14853
14854 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14855 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14856 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14857 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14858 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14859 in a separate window.
14860 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14861 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14862 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14863 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14864 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14865 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14866 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14867 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14868 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14869 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14870 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14871 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14872 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14873 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14874 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14875
14876 \(fn)" t nil)
14877
14878 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14879 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14880 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14881 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14882
14883 \(fn)" t nil)
14884
14885 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14886 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14889
14890 \(fn)" t nil)
14891
14892 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14893 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14894 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14896
14897 \(fn)" t nil)
14898
14899 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14900 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14901 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14903
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14905
14906 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14907 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14908 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14909 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14910
14911 \(fn)" t nil)
14912
14913 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14914 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14915 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14916 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14917
14918 \(fn)" t nil)
14919
14920 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14921 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14922 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14923 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14924
14925 \(fn)" t nil)
14926
14927 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14928 Write current buffer to a file.
14929 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14930 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14931
14932 \(fn)" t nil)
14933
14934 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14935 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14936 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14937 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14938
14939 \(fn)" t nil)
14940
14941 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14942 Call `dired' the ido way.
14943 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14944 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14945
14946 \(fn)" t nil)
14947
14948 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14949 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14950 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14951 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14952 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14953 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14954
14955 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14956
14957 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14958 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14959 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14960 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14961
14962 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14963
14964 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14965 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14966 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14967 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14968
14969 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14970
14971 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14972 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14973 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14974 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14975 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14976 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14977 with `completing-read'.
14978 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14979 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14980 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14981 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14982 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14983 with point positioned at the end.
14984 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14985 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14986
14987 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14988
14989 ;;;***
14990 \f
14991 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18787 48915))
14992 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14993 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14994
14995 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14996 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14997 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14998
14999 \(fn)" t nil)
15000
15001 ;;;***
15002 \f
15003 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15004 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15005 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15006
15007 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15008 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15009
15010 \(fn)" t nil)
15011
15012 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15013 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15014
15015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15016
15017 ;;;***
15018 \f
15019 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15020 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15021 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15022 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15023 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18852 12908))
15024 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15025
15026 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15027 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15028 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15029 be determined.
15030
15031 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15032
15033 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15034 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15035 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15036 be determined.
15037
15038 \(fn)" nil nil)
15039
15040 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15041 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15042 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15043 be determined.
15044
15045 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15046
15047 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15048 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15049 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15050 be determined.
15051
15052 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15053
15054 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15055 Determine and return image type.
15056 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15057 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15058 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15059 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15060 use its file extension as image type.
15061 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15062
15063 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15064
15065 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15066 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15067 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15068
15069 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15070
15071 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15072 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15073 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15074
15075 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15076 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15077 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15078 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15079 must be available.
15080
15081 \(fn)" nil nil)
15082
15083 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15084 Create an image.
15085 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15086 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15087 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15088 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15089 use its file extension as image type.
15090 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15091 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15092 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15093 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15094
15095 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15096
15097 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15098 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15099 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15100
15101 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15102
15103 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15104 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15105 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15106 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15107 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15108 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15109 POS may be an integer or marker.
15110 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15111 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15112 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15113 means display it in the right marginal area.
15114
15115 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15116
15117 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15118 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15119 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15120 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15121 defaulted if you omit it.
15122 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15123 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15124 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15125 means display it in the right marginal area.
15126 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15127 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15128 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15129 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15130 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15131
15132 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15133
15134 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15135 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15136 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15137 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15138 defaulted if you omit it.
15139 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15140 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15141 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15142 means display it in the right marginal area.
15143 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15144
15145 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15146
15147 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15148 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15149 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15150 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15151
15152 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15153
15154 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15155 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15156
15157 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15158
15159 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15160 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15161 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15162 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15163 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15164 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15165 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15166 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15167 satisfied.
15168
15169 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15170
15171 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15172
15173 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15174
15175 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15176 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15177
15178 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15179 documentation string.
15180
15181 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15182 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15183 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15184 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15185 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15186 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15187 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15188 define SYMBOL.
15189
15190 Example:
15191
15192 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15193 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15194
15195 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15196
15197 ;;;***
15198 \f
15199 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15200 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15201 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15202 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15203 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15204 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15205 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15206 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18787 48915))
15207 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15208
15209 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15210 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15211
15212 \(fn)" t nil)
15213
15214 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15215 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15216
15217 Convenience command that:
15218
15219 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15220 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15221 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15222
15223 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15224 image files in dired and type
15225 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15226
15227 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15228
15229 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15230 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15231
15232 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15233
15234 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15235 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15236 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15237 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15238 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15239 another one).
15240
15241 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15242 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15243 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15244
15245 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15246 instead of erasing it first.
15247
15248 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15249 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15250 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15251 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15252 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15253 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15254
15255 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15256
15257 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15258 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15259 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15260 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15261 displayed.
15262
15263 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15264
15265 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15266
15267 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15268
15269 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15270 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15271
15272 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15273
15274 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15275 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15276 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15277
15278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15279
15280 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15281 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15282
15283 \(fn)" t nil)
15284
15285 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15286 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15287 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15288 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15289
15290 \(fn)" t nil)
15291
15292 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15293 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15294
15295 \(fn)" t nil)
15296
15297 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15298 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15299
15300 \(fn)" t nil)
15301
15302 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15303 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15304
15305 \(fn)" t nil)
15306
15307 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15308 Display current image file.
15309 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15310 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15311
15312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15313
15314 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15315 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15316
15317 \(fn)" t nil)
15318
15319 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15320 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15321 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15322 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15323 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15324 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15325 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15326
15327 \(fn)" t nil)
15328
15329 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15330 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15331 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15332 easy-to-use form.
15333
15334 \(fn)" t nil)
15335
15336 ;;;***
15337 \f
15338 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15339 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15340 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18787 48915))
15341 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15342
15343 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15344 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15345 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15346 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15347
15348 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15349 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15350 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15351 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15352
15353 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15354
15355 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15356 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15357 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15358 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15359
15360 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15361 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15362 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15363 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15364
15365 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15366
15367 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15368 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15369
15370 \(fn)" nil nil)
15371
15372 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15373 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15374 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15375 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15376
15377 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15378
15379 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15380 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15381 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15384 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15385
15386 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15387
15388 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15389 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15390 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15391 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15392
15393 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15394 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15395 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15396
15397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15398
15399 ;;;***
15400 \f
15401 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15402 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18837 32920))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15404 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15405 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15406 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15407 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15408 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15409 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15410 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15411 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15412 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15413
15414 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15415 Major mode for image files.
15416 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15417 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15418
15419 \(fn)" t nil)
15420
15421 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15422 Toggle Image minor mode.
15423 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15424 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15425
15426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15427
15428 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15429 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15430 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15431 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15432 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15433 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15434
15435 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15436 information on these modes.
15437
15438 \(fn)" t nil)
15439
15440 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15441 Not documented
15442
15443 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15444
15445 ;;;***
15446 \f
15447 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15448 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18787 48915))
15449 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15450
15451 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15452 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15453
15454 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15455
15456 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15457 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15458 in the buffer.
15459
15460 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15461
15462 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15463 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15464 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15465
15466 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15467
15468 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15469 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15470
15471 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15472 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15473 pattern's structure.
15474
15475 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15476 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15477 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15478 during matching.")
15479
15480 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15481
15482 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15483 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15484
15485 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15486 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15487 called within a `save-excursion'.
15488
15489 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15490
15491 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15492
15493 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15494 Function for finding the next index position.
15495
15496 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15497 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15498 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15499 file.
15500
15501 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15502 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15503
15504 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15505
15506 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15507 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15508
15509 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15510 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15511 It should return the name for that index item.")
15512
15513 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15514
15515 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15516 Function to compare string with index item.
15517
15518 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15519 non-nil if they match.
15520
15521 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15522 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15523 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15524 arguments match\".")
15525
15526 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15527
15528 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15529 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15530 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15531
15532 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15533
15534 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15535
15536 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15537
15538 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15539 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15540 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15541 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15542
15543 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15544
15545 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15546 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15547
15548 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15549
15550 \(fn)" t nil)
15551
15552 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15553 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15554 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15555 for more information.
15556
15557 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15558
15559 ;;;***
15560 \f
15561 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15562 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15563 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18787 48929))
15564 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15565
15566 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15567 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15568
15569 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15570
15571 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15572 Not documented
15573
15574 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15575
15576 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15577 Not documented
15578
15579 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15580
15581 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15582 Not documented
15583
15584 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15585
15586 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15587 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15588
15589 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15590
15591 ;;;***
15592 \f
15593 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15594 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15595 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18787 48934))
15596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15597
15598 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15599 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15600 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15601 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15602 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15603
15604 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15605
15606 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15607 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15608
15609 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15610
15611 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15612 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15613 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15614 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15615 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15616 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15617 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15618 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15619
15620 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15621
15622 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15623 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15624 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15625 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15626 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15627
15628 This variable is only used if the variable
15629 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15630
15631 More precise choices:
15632 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15633 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15634 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15635
15636 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15637
15638 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15639
15640 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15641 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15642
15643 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15644 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15645 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15646 to that buffer.
15647 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15648 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15649 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15650 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15651
15652 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15653 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15654
15655 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15656
15657 ;;;***
15658 \f
15659 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15660 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15661 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15662 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18799 16231))
15663 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15664
15665 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15666 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15667
15668 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15669 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15670 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15671
15672 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15673 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15674 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15675 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15676 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15677 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15678 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15679 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15680 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15681 with the top-level Info directory.
15682
15683 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15684 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15685 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15686 appended to the Info buffer name.
15687
15688 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15689 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15690 in all the directories in that path.
15691
15692 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15693
15694 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15695
15696 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15697 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15698
15699 \(fn)" t nil)
15700
15701 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15702 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15703 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15704 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15705
15706 \(fn)" nil nil)
15707
15708 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15709 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15710 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15711 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15712
15713 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15714
15715 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15716 Go to the Info directory node.
15717
15718 \(fn)" t nil)
15719
15720 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15721 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15722 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15723 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15724 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15725 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15726
15727 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15728
15729 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15730 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15731 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15732
15733 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15734
15735 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15736 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15737 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15738 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15739 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15740
15741 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15742 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15743
15744 Selecting other nodes:
15745 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15746 Follow a node reference you click on.
15747 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15748 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15749 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15750 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15751 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15752 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15753 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15754 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15755 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15756 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15757 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15758 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15759 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15760 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15761 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15762 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15763 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15764 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15765 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15766 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15767
15768 Moving within a node:
15769 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15770 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15771 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15772 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15773 move up to the parent node.
15774 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15775 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15776 if there is none.
15777 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15778
15779 Advanced commands:
15780 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15781 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15782 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15783 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15784 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15785 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15786 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15787 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15788 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15789 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15790 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15791 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15792 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15793 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15794 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15795 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15796 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15797
15798 \(fn)" nil nil)
15799 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15800
15801 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15802 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15803 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15804 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15805 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15806 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15807
15808 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15809 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15810
15811 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15812 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15813 KEY is a string.
15814 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15815 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15816 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15817 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15818
15819 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15820
15821 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15822 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15823 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15824
15825 \(fn)" t nil)
15826
15827 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15828 Not documented
15829
15830 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15831
15832 ;;;***
15833 \f
15834 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15835 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15836 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15837 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15838
15839 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15840 Throw away all cached data.
15841 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15842 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15843 system.
15844
15845 \(fn)" t nil)
15846 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15847
15848 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15849 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15850 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15851 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15852 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15853 one found at point.
15854
15855 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15856
15857 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15858 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15859
15860 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15861 Display the documentation of a file.
15862 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15863 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15864 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15865 The default file name is the one found at point.
15866
15867 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15868
15869 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15870
15871 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15872 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15873
15874 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15875
15876 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15877 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15878
15879 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15880
15881 ;;;***
15882 \f
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15884 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18787 48915))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15886
15887 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15888 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15889
15890 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15891
15892 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15893 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15894 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15895
15896 \(fn)" t nil)
15897
15898 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15899 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15900 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15901
15902 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15903 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15904 quite a while.
15905
15906 \(fn)" t nil)
15907
15908 ;;;***
15909 \f
15910 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15911 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18787 48916))
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15913
15914 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15915 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15916
15917 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15918
15919 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15920 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15921
15922 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15923
15924 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15925 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15926 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15927 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15928
15929 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15930 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15931 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15932
15933 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15934 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15935 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15936 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15937
15938 \(fn)" t nil)
15939
15940 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15941 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15942 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15943
15944 \(fn)" t nil)
15945
15946 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15947 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15948 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15949 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15950 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15951
15952 \(fn)" nil nil)
15953
15954 ;;;***
15955 \f
15956 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15957 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15958 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15959 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15960
15961 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15962 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15963
15964 \(fn)" t nil)
15965
15966 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15967 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15968
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15970
15971 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15972 Not documented
15973
15974 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15975
15976 ;;;***
15977 \f
15978 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18791
15979 ;;;;;; 16510))
15980 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15981
15982 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15983 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15984 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15985 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15986 accessed via isearchb.
15987
15988 \(fn)" t nil)
15989
15990 ;;;***
15991 \f
15992 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15993 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15994 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15995 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18787 48928))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15997
15998 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15999 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16000 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16001 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16002 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16003
16004 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16005
16006 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16007 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16008 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16009 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16010 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16011
16012 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16013
16014 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16016 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16017 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16018 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16019
16020 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16021
16022 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16023 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16024 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16025 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16026 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16027
16028 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16029
16030 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16031 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16032 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16033 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16034 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16035
16036 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16037
16038 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16039 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16040 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16041 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16042 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16043
16044 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16045
16046 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16047 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16048 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16049 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16050 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16051
16052 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16053
16054 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16055 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16056 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16058
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16060
16061 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16063 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16064 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16065
16066 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16067
16068 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16069 Warn that format is read-only.
16070
16071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16072
16073 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16074 Warn that format is write-only.
16075
16076 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16077
16078 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16079 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16080
16081 \(fn)" t nil)
16082
16083 ;;;***
16084 \f
16085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16086 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16087 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16088 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16089 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16090 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16091
16092 ;;;***
16093 \f
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16095 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16096 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16097 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16098 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18852 12909))
16099 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16100 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16101
16102 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16103 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16104 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16105 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16106 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16107
16108 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16109 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16110
16111 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16112 Key map for ispell menu.")
16113
16114 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16115 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16116 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16117 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16118
16119 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16120
16121 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16122
16123 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16124
16125 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16126
16127 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16128 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16129 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16130 Valid forms include:
16131 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16132 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16133 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16134 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16135
16136 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16137 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16138 First list is used raw.
16139 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16140
16141 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16142 for skipping in latex mode.")
16143
16144 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16145 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16146 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16147 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16148 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16149 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16150 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16151
16152 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16153 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16154 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16155 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16156
16157 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16158 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16159 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16160 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16161 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16162
16163 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16164 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16165
16166 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16167 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16168
16169 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16170 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16171
16172 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16173 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16174
16175 Return values:
16176 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16177 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16178 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16179 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16180 quit spell session exited.
16181
16182 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16183
16184 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16185 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16186 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16187
16188 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16189
16190 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16191 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16192
16193 Selections are:
16194
16195 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16196 SPC: Accept word this time.
16197 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16198 `a': Accept word for this session.
16199 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16200 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16201 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16202 `?': Show these commands.
16203 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16204 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16205 the aborted check to be completed later.
16206 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16207 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16208 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16209 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16210 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16211 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16212 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16213
16214 \(fn)" nil nil)
16215
16216 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16217 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16218 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16219
16220 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16221
16222 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16223 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16224 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16225 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16226
16227 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16228
16229 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16230
16231 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16232 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16233 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16234 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16235
16236 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16237
16238 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16239 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16240
16241 \(fn)" t nil)
16242
16243 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16244 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16245
16246 \(fn)" t nil)
16247
16248 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16249 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16250
16251 \(fn)" t nil)
16252
16253 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16254 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16255 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16256 sequence inside of a word.
16257
16258 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16259
16260 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16261
16262 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16263 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16264
16265 \(fn)" t nil)
16266
16267 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16268 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16269 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16270 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16271
16272 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16273 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16274 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16275 available on the net.
16276
16277 \(fn)" t nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16280 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16281 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16282 otherwise turn it off.
16283
16284 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16285 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16286
16287 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16288 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16289
16290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16291
16292 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16293 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16294 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16295 Don't check included messages.
16296
16297 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16298 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16299 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16300
16301 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16302 in your .emacs file:
16303 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16304 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16305 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16306 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16307
16308 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16309 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16310 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16311
16312 \(fn)" t nil)
16313
16314 ;;;***
16315 \f
16316 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18787
16317 ;;;;;; 48916))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16319
16320 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16321 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16322 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16325 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16326
16327 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16328
16329 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16330 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16331 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16332 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16333 `iswitchb' for details.
16334
16335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16336
16337 ;;;***
16338 \f
16339 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16340 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16341 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16342 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18787 48929))
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16344
16345 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16346 Not documented
16347
16348 \(fn)" nil nil)
16349
16350 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16351 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16352 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16353 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16354 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16355 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16356 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16357 necessary to represent OBJ.
16358
16359 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16360
16361 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16362 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16363 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16364 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16365
16366 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16367
16368 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16369 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16370 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16371 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16372 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16373
16374 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16378 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16379 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16380
16381 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16382
16383 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16384 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16385 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16386 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16387
16388 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16389
16390 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16391 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16392
16393 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16394
16395 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16396 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16397 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16398 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16399 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16400
16401 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16402
16403 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16404 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16405 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16406 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16407 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16408
16409 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16410
16411 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16412 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16413 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16414
16415 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16416
16417 ;;;***
16418 \f
16419 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16420 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18787 48916))
16421 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16422
16423 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16424 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16425 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16426 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16427
16428 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16429 Not documented
16430
16431 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16432
16433 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16434 Uninstall jka-compr.
16435 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16436 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16437 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16438
16439 \(fn)" nil nil)
16440
16441 ;;;***
16442 \f
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16444 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16445 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16447
16448 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16449 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16450 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16451 decimal key must be specified.")
16452
16453 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16454
16455 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16456 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16457 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16458 decimal key must be specified.")
16459
16460 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16461
16462 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16463 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16464 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16465 decimal key must be specified.")
16466
16467 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16468
16469 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16470 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16471 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16472 decimal key must be specified.")
16473
16474 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16475
16476 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16477 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16478 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16479 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16480 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16481 keys are bound.
16482
16483 Setup Binding
16484 -------------------------------------------------------------
16485 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16486 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16487 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16488 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16489 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16490 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16491 in the global and local keymaps.
16492
16493 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16494 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16495
16496 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16497
16498 ;;;***
16499 \f
16500 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16501 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16503
16504 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16505 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16506 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16507
16508 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16509 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16510 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16511 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16512 shorter.
16513
16514 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16515 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16516 the context of text formatting.
16517
16518 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16519
16520 ;;;***
16521 \f
16522 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18787
16523 ;;;;;; 48928))
16524 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16525
16526 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16527 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16528 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16529 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16530 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16531 positions that contains the current selection.")
16532
16533 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16534 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16535 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16536 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16537 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16538 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16539 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16540
16541 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16542
16543 ;;;***
16544 \f
16545 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16546 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16547 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16548 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18791 16510))
16549 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16550 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16551 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16552 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16553 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16554 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16555 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16556 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16557
16558 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16559 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16560
16561 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16562
16563 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16564 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16565 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16566 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16567 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16568
16569 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16570
16571 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16572 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16573 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16574
16575 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16576 defining the macro.
16577
16578 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16579 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16580 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16581
16582 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16583 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16584
16585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16586
16587 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16588 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16589 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16590 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16591 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16592 under that name.
16593
16594 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16595 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16596 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16597
16598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16599
16600 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16601 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16602 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16603
16604 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16605 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16606 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16607 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16608
16609 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16610 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16611
16612 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16613
16614 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16615 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16616 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16617
16618 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16619 macro.
16620
16621 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16622 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16623
16624 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16625 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16626 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16627
16628 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16629 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16630
16631 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16632
16633 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16634 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16635 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16636 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16637
16638 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16639
16640 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16641 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16642 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16643 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16644
16645 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16646 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16647
16648 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16649
16650 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16651 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16652 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16653
16654 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16655
16656 ;;;***
16657 \f
16658 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16659 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18787 48929))
16660 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16661
16662 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16663 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16664 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16665
16666 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16667 Not documented
16668
16669 \(fn)" nil nil)
16670
16671 ;;;***
16672 \f
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16674 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16676
16677 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16678
16679 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16680 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16681
16682 \(fn)" t nil)
16683
16684 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16685
16686 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16687 Start or resume an Lm game.
16688 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16689 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16690
16691 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16692 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16693 none / 1 | yes | no
16694 2 | yes | yes
16695 3 | no | yes
16696 4 | no | no
16697
16698 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16699 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16700 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16701
16702 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16703
16704 ;;;***
16705 \f
16706 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16707 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16708 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18787 48929))
16709 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16710
16711 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16712 Not documented
16713
16714 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16715
16716 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16717 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16718 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16719 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16720 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16721 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16722
16723 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16724 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16725
16726 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16727
16728 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16729 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16730
16731 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16732
16733 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16734 Not documented
16735
16736 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16737
16738 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16739 Not documented
16740
16741 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16742
16743 ;;;***
16744 \f
16745 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16746 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16747 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18787 48928))
16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16749
16750 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16751 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16752 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16753 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16754
16755 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16756
16757 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16758 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16759 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16760
16761 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16762
16763 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16764 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16765 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16766
16767 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16768
16769 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16770 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16771 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16772 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16773
16774 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16775
16776 ;;;***
16777 \f
16778 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16779 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18787 48928))
16780 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16781
16782 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16783 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16784 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16785 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16786 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16787 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16788 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16789 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16790
16791 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16792 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16793
16794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16795 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16796
16797 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16798
16799 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16800 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16801 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16802 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16803 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16804 `latin1-display-setup'.
16805
16806 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16807
16808 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16809 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16810 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16811 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16812
16813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16814 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16815
16816 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16817
16818 ;;;***
16819 \f
16820 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16821 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
16822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16823
16824 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16825
16826 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16827
16828 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16829 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16830
16831 \(fn)" t nil)
16832
16833 ;;;***
16834 \f
16835 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16836 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
16837 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16838
16839 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16840 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16841
16842 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16843 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16844
16845 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16846 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16847
16848 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16849 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16850 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16851 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16852 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16853 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16854 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16855 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16856 and transmit saved text.
16857
16858 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16859 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16860 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16861
16862 \(fn)" t nil)
16863
16864 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16865 Not documented
16866
16867 \(fn)" nil nil)
16868
16869 ;;;***
16870 \f
16871 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18787 48933))
16872 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16873
16874 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16875 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16876 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16877 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16878 generations (this defaults to 1).
16879
16880 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16881
16882 ;;;***
16883 \f
16884 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16885 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18803 15399))
16886 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16887
16888 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16889 Format used to display line numbers.
16890 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16891 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16892 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16893 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16894
16895 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16896
16897 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16898 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16899
16900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16901
16902 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16903 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16904 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16907 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16908
16909 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16910
16911 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16912 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16913 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16914 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16915 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16916
16917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16918
16919 ;;;***
16920 \f
16921 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18787
16922 ;;;;;; 48916))
16923 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16924
16925 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16926 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16927 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16928 is nil, raise an error.
16929
16930 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16931 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16932 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16933 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16934 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16935 defined by the library.
16936
16937 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16938 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16939 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16940 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16941 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16942 proceeds.
16943
16944 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16945 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16946 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16947 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16948
16949 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16950
16951 ;;;***
16952 \f
16953 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16954 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18787 48916))
16955 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16956
16957 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16958 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16959 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16960
16961 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16962
16963 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16964 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16965 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16966 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16967
16968 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16969 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16970 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16971 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16972 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16973 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16974 the version.)
16975
16976 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16977 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16978
16979 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16980 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16981
16982 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16983
16984 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16985
16986 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16987 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16988 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16989 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16990 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16991 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16992 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16993 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16994 to constrain a big search.
16995
16996 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16997
16998 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16999 except that FILTER is not optional.
17000
17001 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17002
17003 ;;;***
17004 \f
17005 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18787 48916))
17006 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17007
17008 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17009 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17010 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17011 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17012 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17013 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17014 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17015 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17016
17017 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17018 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17019 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17020 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17021 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17022
17023 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17024 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17025 uses the current buffer.
17026
17027 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17028
17029 ;;;***
17030 \f
17031 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18787
17032 ;;;;;; 48916))
17033 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17034
17035 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17036 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17037
17038 \(fn)" t nil)
17039
17040 ;;;***
17041 \f
17042 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18787
17043 ;;;;;; 48916))
17044 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17045
17046 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17047 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17048 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17049 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17050 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17051
17052 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17053 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17054 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17055
17056 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17057 are indicated with a symbol.
17058
17059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17060
17061 ;;;***
17062 \f
17063 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17064 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18787
17065 ;;;;;; 48916))
17066 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17067
17068 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17069
17070 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17071
17072 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17073 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17074 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17075
17076 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17077 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17078
17079 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17080 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17081 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17082 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17083 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17084 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17085 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17086
17087 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17088
17089 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17090 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17091 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17092 switch on this list.
17093 See `lpr-command'.")
17094
17095 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17096
17097 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17098 Name of program for printing a file.
17099
17100 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17101 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17102 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17103 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17104 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17105 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17106 argument.")
17107
17108 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17109
17110 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17111 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17112 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17113 for customization of the printer command.
17114
17115 \(fn)" t nil)
17116
17117 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17118 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17119
17120 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17121 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17122 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17123 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17124
17125 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17126 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17127
17128 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17129 for further customization of the printer command.
17130
17131 \(fn)" t nil)
17132
17133 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17134 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17135 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17136 for customization of the printer command.
17137
17138 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17139
17140 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17141 Paginate and print the region contents.
17142
17143 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17144 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17145 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17146 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17147
17148 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17149 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17150
17151 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17152 for further customization of the printer command.
17153
17154 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17155
17156 ;;;***
17157 \f
17158 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17159 ;;;;;; (18817 3077))
17160 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17161
17162 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17163 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17164 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17165
17166 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17167
17168 ;;;***
17169 \f
17170 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18794
17171 ;;;;;; 5654))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17173
17174 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17175 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17176 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17177 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17178
17179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17180
17181 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17182
17183 ;;;***
17184 \f
17185 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18787
17186 ;;;;;; 48934))
17187 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17188
17189 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17190 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17191 \\{m4-mode-map}
17192
17193 \(fn)" t nil)
17194
17195 ;;;***
17196 \f
17197 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17198 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17200
17201 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17202 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17203 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17204 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17205 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17206
17207 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17208
17209 ;;;***
17210 \f
17211 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17212 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18787 48916))
17213 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17214
17215 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17216 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17217 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17218 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17219 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17220
17221 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17222
17223 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17224 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17225 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17226 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17227
17228 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17229 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17230 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17231 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17232 bindings.
17233
17234 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17235 use this command, and then save the file.
17236
17237 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17238
17239 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17240 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17241 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17242 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17243 each time the macro executes.
17244 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17245 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17246 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17247 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17248 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17249 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17250 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17251
17252 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17253
17254 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17255 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17256 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17257 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17258
17259 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17260 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17261 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17262 execute.
17263
17264 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17265 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17266
17267 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17268 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17269 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17270 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17271 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17272
17273 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17274 looked like this:
17275
17276 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17277 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17278 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17279
17280 You could enter the names in this format:
17281
17282 foo
17283 bar
17284 baz
17285
17286 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17287
17288 \\C-x (
17289 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17290 \\C-x )
17291
17292 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17293 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17294
17295 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17296 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17297
17298 ;;;***
17299 \f
17300 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17301 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18787 48929))
17302 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17303
17304 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17305 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17306 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17307 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17308 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17309 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17310
17311 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17312 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17313 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17314 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17315 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17316
17317 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17318 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17319 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17320 consing a string.)
17321
17322 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17323
17324 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17325 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17326
17327 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17328
17329 ;;;***
17330 \f
17331 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17332 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17333 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
17334 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17335
17336 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17337 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17338
17339 \(fn)" nil nil)
17340
17341 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17342 Not documented
17343
17344 \(fn)" nil nil)
17345
17346 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17347 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17348
17349 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17350
17351 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17352 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17353 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17354 message.
17355
17356 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17357
17358 \(fn)" nil nil)
17359
17360 ;;;***
17361 \f
17362 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17363 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17364 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
17365 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
17366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17367
17368 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17369 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17370 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17371 often correct parser.")
17372
17373 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17374
17375 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17376 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17377
17378 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17379
17380 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17381 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17382 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17383 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17384
17385 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17386
17387 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17388 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17389 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17390 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17391
17392 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17393
17394 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17395 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17396 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17397 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17398
17399 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17400
17401 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17402 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17403 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17404 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17405 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17406 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17407 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17408 as Rmail does.
17409
17410 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17411
17412 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17413 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17414 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17415 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17416 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17417 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17418 matches may be returned from the message body.
17419
17420 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17421
17422 ;;;***
17423 \f
17424 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17425 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18791
17426 ;;;;;; 16525))
17427 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17428
17429 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17430 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17431 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17432 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17433 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17434 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17435
17436 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17437
17438 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17439 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17440
17441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17442
17443 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17444 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17445
17446 \(fn)" nil nil)
17447
17448 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17449 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17450 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17451
17452 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17453
17454 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17455 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17456 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17457
17458 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17459 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17460 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17461 double-quotes.
17462
17463 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17464
17465 ;;;***
17466 \f
17467 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17468 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18787
17469 ;;;;;; 48929))
17470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17471
17472 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17473 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17474 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17475 king@grassland.com
17476 If `parens', they look like:
17477 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17478 If `angles', they look like:
17479 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17480
17481 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17482
17483 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17484 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17485 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17486 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17487 their `Resent-' variants.
17488
17489 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17490 removed from alias expansions.
17491
17492 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17493
17494 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17495 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17496 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17497
17498 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17499 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17500 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17501 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17502
17503 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17504
17505 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17506 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17507 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17508 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17509
17510 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17511
17512 ;;;***
17513 \f
17514 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17515 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
17516 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17517
17518 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17519 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17520 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17521 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17522
17523 \(fn)" nil nil)
17524
17525 ;;;***
17526 \f
17527 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17528 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17529 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18787 48934))
17530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17531
17532 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17533 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17534
17535 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17536 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17537 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17538 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17539 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17540 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17541
17542 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17543 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17544 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17545 dependency, despite the colon.
17546
17547 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17548
17549 In the browser, use the following keys:
17550
17551 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17552
17553 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17554
17555 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17556 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17557
17558 `makefile-target-colon':
17559 The string that gets appended to all target names
17560 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17561 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17562
17563 `makefile-macro-assign':
17564 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17565 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17566 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17567 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17568 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17569 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17570
17571 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17572 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17573 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17574
17575 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17576 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17577
17578 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17579 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17580 up or down in the browser.
17581
17582 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17583 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17584
17585 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17586 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17587
17588 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17589 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17590 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17591 has been selected in the browser.
17592
17593 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17594 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17595 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17596 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17597 filenames are omitted.
17598
17599 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17600 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17601 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17602 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17603 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17604 the backslash itself intact.
17605 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17606 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17607
17608 `makefile-browser-hook':
17609 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17610 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17611
17612 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17613 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17614 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17615 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17616
17617 \(fn)" t nil)
17618
17619 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17620 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17621
17622 \(fn)" t nil)
17623
17624 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17625 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17626
17627 \(fn)" t nil)
17628
17629 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17630 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17631
17632 \(fn)" t nil)
17633
17634 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17635 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17636
17637 \(fn)" t nil)
17638
17639 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17640 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17641
17642 \(fn)" t nil)
17643
17644 ;;;***
17645 \f
17646 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18787
17647 ;;;;;; 48916))
17648 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17649
17650 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17651 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17652 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17653
17654 \(fn)" t nil)
17655
17656 ;;;***
17657 \f
17658 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18787 48916))
17659 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17660
17661 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17662
17663 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17664 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17665 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17666 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17667 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17668 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17669 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17670
17671 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17672 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17673 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17674 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17675
17676 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17677
17678 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17679 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17680
17681 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17682
17683 ;;;***
17684 \f
17685 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18787 48916))
17686 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17687
17688 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17689 Toggle Master mode.
17690 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17691 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17692 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17693
17694 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17695 following commands:
17696
17697 \\{master-mode-map}
17698
17699 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17700 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17701 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17702
17703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17704
17705 ;;;***
17706 \f
17707 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17708 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
17709 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17710
17711 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17712 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17713 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17716 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17717
17718 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17719
17720 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17721 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17722 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17723 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17724 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17725
17726 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17727 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17728
17729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17730
17731 ;;;***
17732 \f
17733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18799 16231))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17735
17736 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17737
17738 ;;;***
17739 \f
17740 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17741 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17742 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17743 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17744 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17745 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17746 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18844 39826))
17747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17748
17749 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17750
17751 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17752 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17753 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17754 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17755 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17756 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17757 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17758 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17759 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17760 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17761 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17762 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17763 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17764 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17765 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17766 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17767 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17768 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17769 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17770 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17771 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17772 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17773 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17774 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17775 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17776 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17777 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17778 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17779 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17780 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17781 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17782 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17783 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17784 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17785 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17786 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17787 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17788 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17789
17790 \(fn)" t nil)
17791
17792 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17793 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17794 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17795 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17796 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17797
17798 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17801 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17802
17803 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17806 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17807
17808 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17809
17810 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17811 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17812
17813 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17814
17815 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17816 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17817 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17818
17819 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17820
17821 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17822 Cancel an article you posted.
17823 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17824
17825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17826
17827 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17828 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17829 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17830 header line with the old Message-ID.
17831
17832 \(fn)" t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17835 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17836
17837 \(fn)" t nil)
17838
17839 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17840 Forward the current message via mail.
17841 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17842 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17843
17844 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17845
17846 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17847 Not documented
17848
17849 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17850
17851 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17852 Not documented
17853
17854 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17855
17856 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17857 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17858
17859 \(fn)" t nil)
17860
17861 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17862 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17863
17864 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17865
17866 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17867 Re-mail the current message.
17868 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17869 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17870 you.
17871
17872 \(fn)" t nil)
17873
17874 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17875 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17876
17877 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17878
17879 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17880 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17881
17882 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17883
17884 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17885 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17886
17887 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17888
17889 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17890 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17891
17892 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17893
17894 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17895 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17896 Works by overstriking characters.
17897 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17898 which specify the range to operate on.
17899
17900 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17901
17902 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17903 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17904 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17905 which specify the range to operate on.
17906
17907 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17908
17909 ;;;***
17910 \f
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17912 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17914
17915 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17916 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17917 Special commands:
17918 \\{meta-mode-map}
17919
17920 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17921 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17922
17923 \(fn)" t nil)
17924
17925 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17926 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17927 Special commands:
17928 \\{meta-mode-map}
17929
17930 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17931 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17932
17933 \(fn)" t nil)
17934
17935 ;;;***
17936 \f
17937 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17938 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17939 ;;;;;; (18829 2708))
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17941
17942 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17943 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17944 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17945
17946 \(fn)" t nil)
17947
17948 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17949 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17950 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17951 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17952 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17953 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17954 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17955
17956 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17957
17958 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17959 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17960 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17961 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17962 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17963 means current).
17964 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17965 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17966
17967 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17968
17969 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17970 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17971 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17972 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17973 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17974 means current).
17975 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17976 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17977
17978 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17979
17980 ;;;***
17981 \f
17982 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17983 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17984 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18813 56068))
17985 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17986
17987 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17988 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17989 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17990
17991 \(fn)" t nil)
17992
17993 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17994 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17995 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17996
17997 \(fn)" t nil)
17998
17999 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18000 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18001
18002 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18003 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18004 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18005
18006 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18007 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18008
18009 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18010 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18011
18012 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18013
18014 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18015
18016 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18017 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18018 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18019 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18020 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18021 as `compose-mail'.
18022
18023 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18024 initial Subject field, respectively.
18025
18026 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18027 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18028 are strings.
18029
18030 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18031 ignored.
18032
18033 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18034
18035 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18036 Save draft and send message.
18037
18038 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18039 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18040 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18041 Mail Delivery*\".
18042
18043 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18044 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18045 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18046
18047 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18048 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18049 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18050 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18051 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18052 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18053
18054 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18055 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18056
18057 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18058 message and scan line.
18059
18060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18061
18062 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18063 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18064
18065 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18066 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18067 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18068 delete the draft message.
18069
18070 \(fn)" t nil)
18071
18072 ;;;***
18073 \f
18074 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18815 6890))
18075 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18076
18077 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18078
18079 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18080
18081 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18082
18083 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18084 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18085
18086 \(fn)" t nil)
18087
18088 ;;;***
18089 \f
18090 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18091 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18813 56068))
18092 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18093
18094 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18095 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18096 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18097
18098 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18099 the MH mail system.
18100
18101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18102
18103 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18104 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18105 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18106
18107 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18108 the MH mail system.
18109
18110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18111
18112 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18113 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18114
18115 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18116 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18117 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18118 separate command.
18119
18120 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18121 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18122 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18123 format.
18124
18125 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18126
18127 Ranges
18128 ======
18129 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18130 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18131 can be used in several ways.
18132
18133 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18134 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18135 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18136 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18137 page):
18138
18139 <num1>-<num2>
18140 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18141 The range must be nonempty.
18142
18143 <num>:N
18144 <num>:+N
18145 <num>:-N
18146 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18147 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18148 last.
18149
18150 first:N
18151 prev:N
18152 next:N
18153 last:N
18154 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18155
18156 all
18157 All of the messages.
18158
18159 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18160 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18161
18162 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18163 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18164 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18165
18166 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18167
18168 \(fn)" t nil)
18169
18170 ;;;***
18171 \f
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18173 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18787 48916))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18175
18176 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18177 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18178 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18179 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18180 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18181 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18182 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18183 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18184 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18185 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18186 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18187
18188 \(fn)" t nil)
18189
18190 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18191 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18192 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18193 to its second argument TM.
18194
18195 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18196
18197 ;;;***
18198 \f
18199 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18200 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18787 48916))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18202
18203 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18204 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18205 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18208 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18209
18210 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18211
18212 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18213 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18214 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18215 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18216 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18217 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18218 default indication.
18219
18220 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18221 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18222
18223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18224
18225 ;;;***
18226 \f
18227 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (18787 48917))
18228 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18229
18230 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18231 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18232 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18233 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18234 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18235 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18236 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18237 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18238 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18239
18240 \(fn)" t nil)
18241
18242 ;;;***
18243 \f
18244 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18245 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18246 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18787 48917))
18247 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18248 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18249
18250 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18251 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18252
18253 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18254 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18255 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18256 next occurrence.
18257
18258 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18259 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18260 end of the search space).
18261
18262 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18263 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18264 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18265 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18266 should return the previous buffer to search.
18267
18268 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18269 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18270 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18271
18272 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18273 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18274 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18275 Isearch starts.")
18276
18277 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18278 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18279 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18280
18281 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18282 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18283 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18284
18285 \(fn)" nil nil)
18286
18287 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18288 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18289
18290 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18291
18292 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18293 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18294
18295 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18296
18297 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18298 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18299
18300 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18301
18302 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18303 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18304
18305 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18306
18307 ;;;***
18308 \f
18309 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18310 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18312
18313 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18314 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18315 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18316
18317 \(fn)" t nil)
18318
18319 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18320
18321 ;;;***
18322 \f
18323 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18324 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18787 48926))
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18326
18327 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18328 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18329
18330 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18331
18332 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18333 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18334 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18335 the entire message.
18336 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18337
18338 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18339
18340 ;;;***
18341 \f
18342 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18343 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
18344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18345
18346 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18347 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18348 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18349 the entire message.
18350 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18351
18352 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18353
18354 ;;;***
18355 \f
18356 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18357 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18791 16521))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18359
18360 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18361 Insert file contents of URL.
18362 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18363
18364 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18365
18366 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18367 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18368
18369 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18370
18371 ;;;***
18372 \f
18373 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18374 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18787 48926))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18376
18377 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18378 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18379 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18380 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18381 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18382
18383 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18384
18385 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18386 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18387 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18388
18389 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18390
18391 ;;;***
18392 \f
18393 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18394 ;;;;;; (18791 16522))
18395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18396
18397 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18398 Not documented
18399
18400 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18401
18402 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18403 Not documented
18404
18405 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18406
18407 ;;;***
18408 \f
18409 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18410 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18411 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18787 48926))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18413
18414 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18415 Not documented
18416
18417 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18418
18419 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18420 Not documented
18421
18422 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18423
18424 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18425 Not documented
18426
18427 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18428
18429 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18430 Not documented
18431
18432 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18433
18434 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18435 Not documented
18436
18437 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18438
18439 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18440 Not documented
18441
18442 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18443
18444 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18445 Not documented
18446
18447 \(fn)" nil nil)
18448
18449 ;;;***
18450 \f
18451 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18452 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18454
18455 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18456 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18457 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18458 followed by the first character of the construct.
18459 \\<m2-mode-map>
18460 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18461 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18462 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18463 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18464 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18465 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18466 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18467 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18468 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18469 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18470 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18471 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18472 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18473 \\[m2-link] link
18474
18475 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18476 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18477 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18478
18479 \(fn)" t nil)
18480
18481 ;;;***
18482 \f
18483 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18484 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
18485 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18486
18487 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18488 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18489
18490 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18491
18492 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18493 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18494
18495 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18496
18497 ;;;***
18498 \f
18499 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18500 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18787 48917))
18501 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18502
18503 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18504 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18505
18506 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18507 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18508 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18509
18510 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18511 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18512 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18513
18514 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18515 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18516
18517 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18518 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18519 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18520 hemisphere you're in.)
18521
18522 To test this function, evaluate:
18523 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18524
18525 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18526
18527 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18528 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18529
18530 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18531 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18532
18533 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18534 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18535 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18536
18537 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18538 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18539
18540 To test this function, evaluate:
18541 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18542
18543 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18544
18545 ;;;***
18546 \f
18547 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18787
18548 ;;;;;; 48917))
18549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18550
18551 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18552 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18553 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18555 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18556 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18557
18558 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18559
18560 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18561 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18562 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18563 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18564
18565 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18566
18567 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18568
18569 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18570
18571 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18572 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18573 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18574 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18575 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18576 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18577
18578 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18579 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18580 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18581 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18582 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18583
18584 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18585 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18586
18587 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18588 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18589
18590 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18591
18592 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18593 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18594 primary selection and region.
18595
18596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18597
18598 ;;;***
18599 \f
18600 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18791 16529))
18601 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18602
18603 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18604 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18605
18606 \(fn)" t nil)
18607
18608 ;;;***
18609 \f
18610 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18787 48917))
18611 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18612
18613 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18614 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18615 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18618 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18619
18620 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18621
18622 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18623 Toggle Msb mode.
18624 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18625 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18626 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18627
18628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18629
18630 ;;;***
18631 \f
18632 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18633 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18634 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18635 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18636 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18637 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
18638 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18639
18640 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18641 Display a list of all character sets.
18642
18643 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18644 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18645 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18646 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18647
18648 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18649 but still shows the full information.
18650
18651 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18654 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18655 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18656
18657 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18658 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18659 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18660 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18661 meanings of these arguments.
18662
18663 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18664
18665 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18666 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18667
18668 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18669
18670 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18671 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18672
18673 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18674
18675 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18676 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18677
18678 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18679
18680 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18681 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18682
18683 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18684 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18685 in place of `..':
18686 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18687 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18688 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18689 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18690 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18691 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18692 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18693 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18694 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18695 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18696 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18697 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18698 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18699 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18700 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18701 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18702
18703 \(fn)" t nil)
18704
18705 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18706 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18707
18708 \(fn)" t nil)
18709
18710 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18711 Display a list of all coding systems.
18712 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18713
18714 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18715 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18716
18717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18718
18719 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18720 Display a list of all coding categories.
18721
18722 \(fn)" nil nil)
18723
18724 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18725 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18726 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18727
18728 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18729
18730 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display information about FONTSET.
18732 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18733
18734 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18735
18736 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18737 Display a list of all fontsets.
18738 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18739 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18740 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18741
18742 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display information about all input methods.
18746
18747 \(fn)" t nil)
18748
18749 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18750 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18751
18752 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18753 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18754 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18755 system which uses fontsets).
18756
18757 \(fn)" t nil)
18758
18759 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18760 Show log of font listing and opening.
18761 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18762 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18763
18764 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18765
18766 ;;;***
18767 \f
18768 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18769 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18770 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18771 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18772 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18773 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18787 48928))
18774 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18775
18776 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18777 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18778 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18779
18780 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18781
18782 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18783
18784 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18785 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18786
18787 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18788 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18789
18790 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18791 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18792
18793 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18794
18795 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18796 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18797 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18798 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18799 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18800 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18801 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18802
18803 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18804 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18805 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18806 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18807 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18808 middle of a character in STR.
18809
18810 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18811 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18812
18813 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18814 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18815 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18816 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18817 defaults to \"...\".
18818
18819 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18820
18821 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18822 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18823
18824 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18825 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18826 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18827
18828 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18829 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18830 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18831
18832 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18833 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18834 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18835 are considered.
18836 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18837 longer than KEYSEQ.
18838 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18839
18840 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18841
18842 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18843 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18844 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18845 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18846 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18847 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18848 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18849 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18850 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18851 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18852 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18853
18854 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18855
18856 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18857 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18858
18859 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18860
18861 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18862 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18863
18864 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18865
18866 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18867 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18868
18869 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18870
18871 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18872 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18873
18874 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18875
18876 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18877 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18878 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18879 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18880 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18881
18882 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18883
18884 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18885 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18886 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18887 coding systems ordered by priority.
18888
18889 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18890
18891 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18892 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18893 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18894 language environment LANG-ENV.
18895
18896 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18897
18898 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18899 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18900 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18901 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18902 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18903 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18904
18905 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18906
18907 ;;;***
18908 \f
18909 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18910 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
18911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18912
18913 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18914 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18915 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18918 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18919
18920 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18921
18922 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18923 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18924 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18925 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18926
18927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18928
18929 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18930 Enable mouse wheel support.
18931
18932 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18933
18934 ;;;***
18935 \f
18936 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18937 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18938 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18939 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18787 48930))
18940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18941
18942 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18943 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18944
18945 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18946
18947 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18948 Ping HOST.
18949 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18950 `ping-program-options'.
18951
18952 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18955 Run ifconfig program.
18956
18957 \(fn)" t nil)
18958
18959 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18960
18961 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18962 Run iwconfig program.
18963
18964 \(fn)" t nil)
18965
18966 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18967 Run netstat program.
18968
18969 \(fn)" t nil)
18970
18971 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18972 Run arp program.
18973
18974 \(fn)" t nil)
18975
18976 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18977 Run route program.
18978
18979 \(fn)" t nil)
18980
18981 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18982 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18983
18984 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18985
18986 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18987 Run nslookup program.
18988
18989 \(fn)" t nil)
18990
18991 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18992 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18993
18994 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18995
18996 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18997 Run dig program.
18998
18999 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19002 Run ftp program.
19003
19004 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19005
19006 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19007 Finger USER on HOST.
19008
19009 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19010
19011 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19012 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19013 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19014 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19015
19016 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19017
19018 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19019 Not documented
19020
19021 \(fn)" t nil)
19022
19023 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19024 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19025
19026 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19027
19028 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19029 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19030
19031 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19032
19033 ;;;***
19034 \f
19035 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19036 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19037 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19038 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19039 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19040 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18787 48917))
19041 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19042
19043 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19044
19045 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19046
19047 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19048
19049 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19050
19051 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19052 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19053 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19054 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19055 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19056 Major modes should set this variable.")
19057
19058 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19059 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19060 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19061 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19062 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19063 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19064
19065 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19066 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19067
19068 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19069 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19070 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19071
19072 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19073 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19074 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19075 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19076 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19077
19078 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19079 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19080 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19081
19082 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19083 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19084 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19085 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19086
19087 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19088 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19089 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19090 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19091 column indentation or nil.
19092 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19093
19094 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19095 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19096 The function has no args.
19097
19098 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19099 comments always start in column zero.")
19100
19101 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19102 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19103 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19104
19105 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19106
19107 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19108 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19109 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19110 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19111
19112 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19113 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19114
19115 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19116
19117 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19118 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19119 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19120 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19121 customize this variable.
19122
19123 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19124 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19125
19126 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19127
19128 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19129 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19130 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19131 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19132 the variables are properly set.
19133
19134 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19135
19136 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19137 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19138
19139 \(fn)" nil nil)
19140
19141 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19142 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19143 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19144
19145 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19146
19147 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19148 Set the comment column based on point.
19149 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19150 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19151 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19152 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19153
19154 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19155
19156 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19157 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19158 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19159
19160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19161
19162 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19163 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19164 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19165 comment markers.
19166
19167 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19168
19169 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19170 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19171 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19172 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19173 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19174 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19175 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19176 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19177
19178 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19179 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19180
19181 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19182
19183 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19184 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19185 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19186 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19187
19188 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19189
19190 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19191 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19192 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19193 is passed on to the respective function.
19194
19195 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19196
19197 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19198 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19199 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19200 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19201 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19202 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19203 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19204 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19205 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19206 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19207
19208 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19209
19210 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19211 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19212 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19213
19214 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19215
19216 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19217 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19218 This indents the body of the continued comment
19219 under the previous comment line.
19220
19221 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19222 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19223 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19224
19225 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19226 or comment indentation.
19227
19228 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19229 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19230
19231 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19232
19233 ;;;***
19234 \f
19235 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19236 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18810 5074))
19237 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19238
19239 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19240 Check whether newsticker is running.
19241 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19242 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19243
19244 \(fn)" nil nil)
19245
19246 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19247 Start the newsticker.
19248 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19249 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19250 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19251 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19252
19253 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19254
19255 ;;;***
19256 \f
19257 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19258 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19260
19261 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19262 Start newsticker plainview.
19263
19264 \(fn)" t nil)
19265
19266 ;;;***
19267 \f
19268 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19269 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19271
19272 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19273 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19274
19275 \(fn)" t nil)
19276
19277 ;;;***
19278 \f
19279 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19280 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18787 48930))
19281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19282
19283 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19284 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19285 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19286 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19287 empty.
19288
19289 \(fn)" nil nil)
19290
19291 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19292 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19293 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19294 running already.
19295
19296 \(fn)" t nil)
19297
19298 ;;;***
19299 \f
19300 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19301 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
19302 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19303
19304 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19305 Start newsticker treeview.
19306
19307 \(fn)" t nil)
19308
19309 ;;;***
19310 \f
19311 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19312 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19314
19315 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19316 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19317
19318 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19319
19320 ;;;***
19321 \f
19322 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18787
19323 ;;;;;; 48926))
19324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19325
19326 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19327 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19328 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19329 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19330 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19331 symbol in the alist.
19332
19333 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19334
19335 ;;;***
19336 \f
19337 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19338 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19340
19341 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19342 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19343 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19344
19345 \(fn)" t nil)
19346
19347 ;;;***
19348 \f
19349 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19350 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19352
19353 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19354 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19355 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19356
19357 \(fn)" t nil)
19358
19359 ;;;***
19360 \f
19361 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19362 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19364
19365 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19366 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19367
19368 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19369
19370 ;;;***
19371 \f
19372 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19373 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18787 48927))
19374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19375
19376 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19377 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19378
19379 \(fn)" t nil)
19380
19381 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19382 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19383
19384 \(fn)" t nil)
19385
19386 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19387 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19388
19389 \(fn)" t nil)
19390
19391 ;;;***
19392 \f
19393 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19394 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18787 48917))
19395 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19396
19397 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19398 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19399 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19400
19401 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19402
19403 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19404 Not documented
19405
19406 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19407
19408 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19409 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19410 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19411 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19412 to future sessions.
19413
19414 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19415
19416 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19417 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19418 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19419 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19420 to future sessions.
19421
19422 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19423
19424 ;;;***
19425 \f
19426 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19427 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
19428 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19429
19430 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19431 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19432 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19433 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19434 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19435 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19436
19437 \(fn)" t nil)
19438
19439 ;;;***
19440 \f
19441 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19442 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
19443 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19444
19445 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19446 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19447 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19448 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19449
19450 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19451
19452 ;;;***
19453 \f
19454 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18787
19455 ;;;;;; 48931))
19456 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19457
19458 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19459 Major mode for editing XML.
19460
19461 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19462 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19463 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19464 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19465 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19466 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19467 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19468
19469 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19470
19471 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19472 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19473
19474 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19475 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19476 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19477 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19478 instead of C-c.
19479
19480 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19481 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19482 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19483 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19484 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19485 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19486
19487 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19488 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19489 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19490
19491 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19492 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19493 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19494
19495 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19496 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19497 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19498 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19499 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19500 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19501 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19502 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19503 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19504
19505 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19506
19507 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19508 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19509
19510 \(fn)" t nil)
19511
19512 ;;;***
19513 \f
19514 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19515 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18787 48931))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19517
19518 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19519 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19520 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19521 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19522
19523 \(fn)" t nil)
19524
19525 ;;;***
19526 \f
19527 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19528 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
19529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19530
19531 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19532 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19533 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19534
19535 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19536
19537 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19538 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19539
19540 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19541 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19542 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19543
19544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19545
19546 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19547
19548 ;;;***
19549 \f
19550 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19551 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
19552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19553
19554 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19555 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19556
19557 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19558 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19559 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19560 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19561
19562 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19563 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19564 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19565 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19566 is why you need this mode!).
19567
19568 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19569 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19570 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19571
19572 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19573
19574 Keybindings
19575 ===========
19576
19577 \\{octave-mode-map}
19578
19579 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19580 ==============================================
19581
19582 `octave-auto-indent'
19583 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19584 Default is nil.
19585
19586 `octave-auto-newline'
19587 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19588 Default is nil.
19589
19590 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19591 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19592 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19593
19594 `octave-block-offset'
19595 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19596 Default is 2.
19597
19598 `octave-continuation-offset'
19599 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19600 Default is 4.
19601
19602 `octave-continuation-string'
19603 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19604 Default is a backslash.
19605
19606 `octave-send-echo-input'
19607 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19608 command to the inferior Octave process.
19609
19610 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19611 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19612 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19613
19614 `octave-send-echo-input'
19615 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19616
19617 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19618
19619 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19620 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19621
19622 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19623
19624 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19625 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19626
19627 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19628 (lambda ()
19629 (abbrev-mode 1)
19630 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19631
19632 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19633 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19634 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19635 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19636
19637 \(fn)" t nil)
19638
19639 ;;;***
19640 \f
19641 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19642 ;;;;;; org-ido-switchb org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string
19643 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19644 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19645 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19646 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18846 51310))
19647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19648
19649 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19650 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19651 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19652
19653 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19654 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19655 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19656 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19657 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19658 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19659 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19660 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19661 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19662 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19663
19664 The following commands are available:
19665
19666 \\{org-mode-map}
19667
19668 \(fn)" t nil)
19669
19670 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19671 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19672
19673 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19674 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19675 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19676 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19677 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19678 When called with two C-u C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19679 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19680 properties in the buffer.
19681 When called with three C-u C-u C-u prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19682 including drawers.
19683
19684 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19685 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19686 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19687 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19688 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19689 and zoom in further.
19690 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19691
19692 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19693 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19694 is negative, go up that many levels.
19695
19696 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19697 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19698 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19699
19700 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19701 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19702 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19703
19704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19705
19706 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19707 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19708 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19709 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19710
19711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19712
19713 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19714 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19715 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19716 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19717 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19718 of Org-mode).
19719
19720 M-up Move entry/item up
19721 M-down Move entry/item down
19722 M-left Promote
19723 M-right Demote
19724 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19725 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19726 M-S-left Promote subtree
19727 M-S-right Demote subtree
19728 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19729 C-c ^ Sort entries
19730 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19731 TAB Cycle item visibility
19732 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19733 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19734 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19735
19736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19737
19738 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19739 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19740
19741 \(fn)" nil nil)
19742
19743 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19744 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19745 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19746 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19747 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19748
19749 \(fn)" nil nil)
19750
19751 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19752 Not documented
19753
19754 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19755
19756 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19757 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19758 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19759 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19760
19761 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19762 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19763 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19764
19765 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19766
19767 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19768 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19769 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19770
19771 \(fn)" t nil)
19772
19773 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19774 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19775 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19776 Org-mode syntax.
19777
19778 \(fn)" t nil)
19779
19780 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19781 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19782
19783 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19784
19785 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19786 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19787
19788 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19789 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19790 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19791 returned as a list.
19792
19793 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19794 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19795 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19796 visited by the iteration.
19797
19798 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19799
19800 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19801 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19802 file The current buffer, without restriction
19803 file-with-archives
19804 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19805 agenda All agenda files
19806 agenda-with-archives
19807 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19808 \(file1 file2 ...)
19809 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19810
19811 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19812 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19813
19814 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19815 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19816 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19817 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19818 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19819 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19820 function leaves it.
19821
19822 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19823
19824 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19825 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19826 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19827 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19828
19829 Due to some yet unresolved reason, the global function
19830 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19831
19832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19833
19834 (autoload 'org-ido-switchb "org" "\
19835 Use `org-ido-completing-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19836 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19837 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19838
19839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19840
19841 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19842 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19843 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19844 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19845
19846 \(fn)" t nil)
19847
19848 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19849 Not documented
19850
19851 \(fn)" t nil)
19852
19853 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19854 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19855
19856 \(fn)" t nil)
19857
19858 ;;;***
19859 \f
19860 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19861 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19862 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19863 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19864 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18825 40644))
19865 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19866
19867 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19868 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19869 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19870 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19871
19872 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19873 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19874 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19875 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19876 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19877 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19878 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19879 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19880 e Export views to associated files.
19881
19882 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19883 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19884 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19885
19886 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19887 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19888 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19889 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19890 \(if active).
19891
19892 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19893
19894 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19895 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19896 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19897 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19898 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19899 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19900 before running the agenda command.
19901
19902 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19903
19904 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19905 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19906 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19907 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19908 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19909 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19910 before running the agenda command.
19911
19912 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19913 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19914
19915 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19916
19917 category The category of the item
19918 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19919 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19920 todo selected in TODO match
19921 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19922 diary imported from diary
19923 deadline a deadline on given date
19924 scheduled scheduled on given date
19925 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19926 closed entry was closed on given date
19927 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19928 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19929 block entry has date block including g. date
19930 todo The todo keyword, if any
19931 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19932 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19933 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19934 extra Sting with extra planning info
19935 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19936 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19937 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19938
19939 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19940
19941 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19942 Not documented
19943
19944 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19945
19946 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19947 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19948
19949 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19950
19951 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19952 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19953 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19954 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19955
19956 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19957 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19958 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19959 agenda instead.
19960
19961 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19962 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19963 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19964
19965 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19966 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19967
19968 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19969
19970 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19971 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19972 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19973 search only the headlines.
19974
19975 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19976 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19977 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19978 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19979 EDIT-AT.
19980
19981 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19982 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19983 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19984 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19985 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19986
19987 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19988 that must or must not match in the entry.
19989
19990 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19991 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19992 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19993 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19994
19995 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19996 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19997
19998 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19999
20000 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20001 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20002 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20003 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20004 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20005 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20006
20007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20008
20009 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20010 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20011 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20012
20013 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20014
20015 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20016 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20017 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20018 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20019 `org-stuck-projects'.
20020 MATCH is being ignored.
20021
20022 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20023
20024 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20025 Return diary information from org-files.
20026 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20027 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20028 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20029 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20030
20031 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20032 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20033 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20034
20035 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20036
20037 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20038 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20039 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20040 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20041
20042 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20043 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20044 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20045
20046 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20047 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20048 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20049 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20050
20051 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20052
20053 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20054
20055 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20056 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20057
20058 &%%(org-diary)
20059
20060 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20061 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20062 So the example above may also be written as
20063
20064 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20065
20066 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20067 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20068 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20069
20070 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20071
20072 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20073 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
20074
20075 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20076
20077 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20078 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20079 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20080
20081 \(fn)" t nil)
20082
20083 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20084 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20085 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20086 appointments.
20087
20088 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20089 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20090
20091 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20092 for filtering entries out.
20093
20094 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20095 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20096
20097 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20098 (category \"Work\"))
20099
20100 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20101 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20102
20103 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20104
20105 ;;;***
20106 \f
20107 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (18825
20108 ;;;;;; 40644))
20109 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20110
20111 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20112 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20113 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20114
20115 \(fn)" t nil)
20116
20117 ;;;***
20118 \f
20119 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20120 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20121 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20122
20123 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20124 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20125
20126 \(fn)" nil nil)
20127
20128 ;;;***
20129 \f
20130 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20131 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (18825 40644))
20132 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20133
20134 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20135 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20136 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20137 fontified, and then returned.
20138
20139 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20140
20141 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20142 Set up hooks for clock persistence
20143
20144 \(fn)" nil nil)
20145
20146 ;;;***
20147 \f
20148 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20149 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20150 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20151 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20152 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20153 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20154 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18829 2709))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20156
20157 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20158
20159 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20160
20161 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20162
20163 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20164 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20165 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20166 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20167 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20168
20169 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20170 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20171 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20172
20173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20174
20175 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20176 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20177 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20178 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20179 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20180
20181 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20182
20183 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20184 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20185 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20186 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20187 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20188 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20189 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20190 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20191 command.
20192
20193 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20194
20195 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20196 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20197
20198 \(fn)" t nil)
20199
20200 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20201 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20202 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20203 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20204 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20205
20206 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20207
20208 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20209 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20210 emacs --batch
20211 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20212 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20213 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20214
20215 \(fn)" nil nil)
20216
20217 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20218 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20219 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20220
20221 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20222
20223 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20224 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20225 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20226 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20227 command to convert it.
20228
20229 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20230
20231 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20232 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20233 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20234 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20235 cut-and-paste operations.
20236 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20237 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20238 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20239 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20240
20241 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20242
20243 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20244 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20245
20246 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20247
20248 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20249 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20250 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20251 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20252 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20253 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20254 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20255 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20256 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20257 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20258 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20259 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20260 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20261 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20262 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20263
20264 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20265
20266 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20267 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20268 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20269 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20270 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20271 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20272 need into your CSS file.
20273
20274 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20275 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20276 that uses these same face definitions.
20277
20278 \(fn)" t nil)
20279
20280 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20281 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20282 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20283 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20284
20285 \(fn)" t nil)
20286
20287 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20288 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20289 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20290 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20291
20292 \(fn)" t nil)
20293
20294 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20295 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20296 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20297
20298 \(fn)" t nil)
20299
20300 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20301 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20302 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20303
20304 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20305
20306 ;;;***
20307 \f
20308 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20309 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20310 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20311 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20312 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20313
20314 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20315 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20316 For example:
20317
20318 emacs --batch
20319 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20320 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20321 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20322
20323 \(fn)" nil nil)
20324
20325 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20326 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20327 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20328
20329 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20330
20331 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20332 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20333 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20334 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20335 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20336 then use this command to convert it.
20337
20338 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20339
20340 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20341 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20342 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20343 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20344 cut-and-paste operations.
20345 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20346 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20347 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20348 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20349
20350 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20351
20352 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20353 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20354
20355 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20356
20357 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20358 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20359 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20360 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20361 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20362 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20363 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20364 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20365 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20366 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20367 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20368 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20369 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20370 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20371 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20372 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20373 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20374
20375 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20376
20377 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-export-latex" "\
20378 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20379
20380 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20381
20382 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-export-latex" "\
20383 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20384
20385 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20386
20387 ;;;***
20388 \f
20389 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20390 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (18836 39031))
20391 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20392
20393 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20394 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20395 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20396 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
20397 create a new footnote, interactively.
20398 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20399
20400 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20401
20402 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20403 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20404 This find the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20405 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20406 Org-mode exporters.
20407 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20408 referenced sequence.
20409
20410 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20411
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20415 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20416 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18825 40644))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20418
20419 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20420 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20421 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20422 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20423
20424 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20425
20426 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20427 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20428 Create an ID if necessary.
20429
20430 \(fn)" t nil)
20431
20432 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20433 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20434 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20435 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20436 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20437 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20438 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20439
20440 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20441
20442 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20443 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20444 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20445 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20446 eligible.
20447 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20448
20449 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20450
20451 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20452 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20453 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20454 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20455
20456 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20457
20458 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20459 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20460 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20461
20462 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20463
20464 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20465 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20466 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20467 if there is no entry with that ID.
20468 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20469
20470 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20471
20472 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20473 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20474
20475 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20476
20477 ;;;***
20478 \f
20479 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20480 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20481 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20482
20483 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20484 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20485
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487
20488 ;;;***
20489 \f
20490 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20491 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20492 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20493
20494 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20495 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20496 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20497 line directly before or after the table.
20498
20499 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20500
20501 ;;;***
20502 \f
20503 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20504 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20505 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20506 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20507
20508 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20509
20510 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20511 Publish PROJECT.
20512
20513 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20514
20515 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20516 Publish all projects.
20517 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20518
20519 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20520
20521 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20522 Publish the current file.
20523 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20524
20525 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20526
20527 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20528 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20529 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20530 the project.
20531
20532 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20533
20534 ;;;***
20535 \f
20536 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20537 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20538 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18846 51310))
20539 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20540
20541 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20542 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20547 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20548 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20549 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20550 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20551
20552 \(fn)" nil nil)
20553
20554 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20555 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20556 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20557 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20558
20559 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20560
20561 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20562 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20563 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20564 of the remember buffer.
20565
20566 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20567 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20568 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20569 note stored by remember.
20570
20571 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20572 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20573
20574 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20575
20576 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20577 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20578 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20579 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20580 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20581
20582 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20583 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
20584 process is used to select the target location.
20585
20586 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
20587 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20588
20589 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
20590 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20591 currently running.
20592
20593 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
20594 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
20595 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20596
20597 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20598 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20599 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20600 some additional data.
20601
20602 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20603 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20604 \(i.e. after the stars).
20605
20606 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20607
20608 \(fn)" nil nil)
20609
20610 ;;;***
20611 \f
20612 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20613 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (18825 40644))
20614 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20615
20616 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20617 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20618
20619 \(fn)" nil nil)
20620
20621 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20622 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20623
20624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20625
20626 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20627 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20628 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20629 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20630 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20631
20632 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20633
20634 ;;;***
20635 \f
20636 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20637 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20638 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20639 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20640
20641 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20642 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20643 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20644 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20645 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20646 without user interaction.
20647 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20648 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20649 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20650 the region 0:00:00.
20651
20652 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20653
20654 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20655 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20656 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20657 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
20658 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
20659 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20660 that was not started at the correct moment.
20661
20662 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20663
20664 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20665 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20666
20667 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20668
20669 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20670 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20671
20672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20673
20674 ;;;***
20675 \f
20676 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20677 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20679 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20680
20681 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20682 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20683 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20684 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20685
20686 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20687 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20688 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20689 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20690
20691 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20692 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20693 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20694 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20695 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20696 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20697
20698 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20699 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20700 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20701
20702 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20703 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20704 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20705 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20706 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20707 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20708 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20709 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20710 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20711 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20712 The subheadings remain visible.
20713 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20714
20715 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20716 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20717 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20718
20719 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20720 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20721
20722 \(fn)" t nil)
20723
20724 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20725 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20726 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20727 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20728
20729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20730
20731 ;;;***
20732 \f
20733 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18787 48917))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20735
20736 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20737 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20738 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20740 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20741 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20742
20743 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20744
20745 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20746 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20747 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20748 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20749
20750 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20751 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20752
20753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20754
20755 ;;;***
20756 \f
20757 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20758 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
20759 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20760
20761 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20762 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20763 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20764 unknown are returned as nil.
20765
20766 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20767
20768 ;;;***
20769 \f
20770 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18791
20771 ;;;;;; 16532))
20772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20773
20774 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20775 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20776 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20777
20778 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20779 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20780
20781 Other useful functions are:
20782
20783 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20784 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20785 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20786 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20787 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20788 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20789 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20790 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20791 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20792
20793 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20794
20795 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20796 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20797 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20798 Indentation for case statements.
20799 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20800 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20801 mark after an end.
20802 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20803 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20804 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20805 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20806 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20807 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20808 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20809 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20810 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20811 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20812
20813 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20814 pascal-separator-keywords.
20815
20816 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20817 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20818
20819 \(fn)" t nil)
20820
20821 ;;;***
20822 \f
20823 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20824 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
20825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20826
20827 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20828 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20829 The keys affected are:
20830 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20831 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20832 M-Backspace does undo.
20833 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20834 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20835 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20836
20837 \(fn)" t nil)
20838
20839 ;;;***
20840 \f
20841 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20842 ;;;;;; (18807 64495))
20843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20844
20845 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20846 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20847 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20850 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20851
20852 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20853
20854 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20855 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20856
20857 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20858
20859 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20860 which modify the status of the mark.
20861
20862 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20863 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20864
20865 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20866 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20867
20868 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20869 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20870 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20871 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20872 turning PC Selection mode on.
20873
20874 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20875 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20876
20877 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20878 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20879 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20880
20881 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20882 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20883 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20884
20885 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20886 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20887
20888 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20889 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20890 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20891
20892 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20893 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20894 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20895
20896 F6 other-window
20897 DELETE delete-char
20898 C-DELETE kill-line
20899 M-DELETE kill-word
20900 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20901 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20902 M-BACKSPACE undo
20903
20904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20905
20906 ;;;***
20907 \f
20908 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18787
20909 ;;;;;; 48917))
20910 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20911
20912 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20913 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20914
20915 \(fn)" nil nil)
20916
20917 ;;;***
20918 \f
20919 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20920 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18787 48917))
20921 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20922
20923 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20924 Completion for `gzip'.
20925
20926 \(fn)" nil nil)
20927
20928 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20929 Completion for `bzip2'.
20930
20931 \(fn)" nil nil)
20932
20933 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20934 Completion for GNU `make'.
20935
20936 \(fn)" nil nil)
20937
20938 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20939 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20940
20941 \(fn)" nil nil)
20942
20943 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20944
20945 ;;;***
20946 \f
20947 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20948 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18787 48917))
20949 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20950
20951 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20952 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20953
20954 \(fn)" nil nil)
20955
20956 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20957 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20958
20959 \(fn)" nil nil)
20960
20961 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20962 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20963
20964 \(fn)" nil nil)
20965
20966 ;;;***
20967 \f
20968 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18817
20969 ;;;;;; 44748))
20970 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20971
20972 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20973 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20974 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20975 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20976 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20977 You can use \\[report-emacs-bug] to do so.
20978
20979 \(fn)" nil nil)
20980
20981 ;;;***
20982 \f
20983 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20984 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20985 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18787 48917))
20986 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20987
20988 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20989 Completion for `cd'.
20990
20991 \(fn)" nil nil)
20992
20993 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20994
20995 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20996 Completion for `rmdir'.
20997
20998 \(fn)" nil nil)
20999
21000 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21001 Completion for `rm'.
21002
21003 \(fn)" nil nil)
21004
21005 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21006 Completion for `xargs'.
21007
21008 \(fn)" nil nil)
21009
21010 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21011
21012 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21013 Completion for `which'.
21014
21015 \(fn)" nil nil)
21016
21017 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21018 Completion for the `chown' command.
21019
21020 \(fn)" nil nil)
21021
21022 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21023 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21024
21025 \(fn)" nil nil)
21026
21027 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21028 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21029
21030 \(fn)" nil nil)
21031
21032 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21033 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21034 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21035
21036 \(fn)" nil nil)
21037
21038 ;;;***
21039 \f
21040 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21041 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21042 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18787
21043 ;;;;;; 48917))
21044 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21045
21046 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21047 Support extensible programmable completion.
21048 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21049 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21050
21051 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21052
21053 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21054 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21055
21056 \(fn)" t nil)
21057
21058 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21059 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21060 This will modify the current buffer.
21061
21062 \(fn)" t nil)
21063
21064 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21065 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21066
21067 \(fn)" t nil)
21068
21069 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21070 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21071 This will modify the current buffer.
21072
21073 \(fn)" t nil)
21074
21075 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21076 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21077
21078 \(fn)" t nil)
21079
21080 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21081 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21082
21083 \(fn)" t nil)
21084
21085 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21086 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21087 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21088 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21089 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21090
21091 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21092
21093 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21094 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
21095
21096 \(fn)" nil nil)
21097
21098 ;;;***
21099 \f
21100 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21101 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21102 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18817 44748))
21103 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
21104
21105 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21106 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21107 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21108 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21109
21110 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21111
21112 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21113
21114 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21115 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21116 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21117 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21118 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21119 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21120 FLAGS is ignored.
21121
21122 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21125 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21126 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21127 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21128 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21129 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21130 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21131 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21132
21133 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21134
21135 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21136 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21137 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21138 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21139 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21140 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21141 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21142 passed to cvs.
21143
21144 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21145
21146 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21147 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21148 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21149 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21150 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21151 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21152 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21153
21154 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21155
21156 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21157 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21158 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21159
21160 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21161
21162 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21163 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21164 A value of nil means never do it.
21165 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21166 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21167 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21168
21169 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21170
21171 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21172 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21173 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21174
21175 ;;;***
21176 \f
21177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18787 48917))
21178 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21179
21180 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21181
21182 ;;;***
21183 \f
21184 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21185 ;;;;;; (18815 49095))
21186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21187 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21188 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21189 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21190 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21191 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21192 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21193
21194 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21195 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21196 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21197 Tab indents for Perl code.
21198 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21199 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21200 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21201 \\{perl-mode-map}
21202 Variables controlling indentation style:
21203 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21204 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21205 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21206 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21207 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21208 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21209 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21210 `perl-nochange'
21211 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21212 `perl-indent-level'
21213 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21214 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21215 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21216 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21217 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21218 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21219 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21220 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21221 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21222 `perl-brace-offset'
21223 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21224 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21225 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21226 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21227 `perl-label-offset'
21228 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21229 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21230 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21231
21232 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21233 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21234 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21235 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21236 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21237 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21238 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21239
21240 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21241
21242 \(fn)" t nil)
21243
21244 ;;;***
21245 \f
21246 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21247 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21248 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21249 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18787 48917))
21250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21251
21252 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21253 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21254
21255 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21256
21257 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21258 passphrase cache or user.
21259
21260 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21263 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21264
21265 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21266 cache or user.
21267
21268 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21269
21270 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21271 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21272
21273 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21274 the region.
21275
21276 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21277 passphrase cache or user.
21278
21279 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21280
21281 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21282 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21283
21284 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21285
21286 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21287 the region.
21288
21289 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21290 passphrase cache or user.
21291
21292 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21295 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21296
21297 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21298 passphrase cache or user.
21299
21300 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21303 Decrypt the current buffer.
21304
21305 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21306 the region.
21307
21308 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21309 passphrase cache or user.
21310
21311 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21314 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21315
21316 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21317 a detached signature.
21318
21319 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21320 and the output is displayed.
21321
21322 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21323 passphrase cache or user.
21324
21325 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21328 Sign the current buffer.
21329
21330 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21331 detached signature.
21332
21333 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21334 within the region.
21335
21336 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21337 and the output is displayed.
21338
21339 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21340 passphrase cache or user.
21341
21342 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21343
21344 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21345 Verify the current region between START and END.
21346 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21347 the detached signature of the current region.
21348
21349 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21350 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21351
21352 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21355 Verify the current buffer.
21356 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21357 the detached signature of the current region.
21358 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21359 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21360 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21361 within the region.
21362
21363 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21364
21365 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21366 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21367
21368 \(fn)" t nil)
21369
21370 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21371 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21372
21373 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21374
21375 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21376 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21377
21378 \(fn)" t nil)
21379
21380 ;;;***
21381 \f
21382 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21383 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21384 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21385
21386 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21387 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21388
21389 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21390
21391 ;;;***
21392 \f
21393 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21394 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21395 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21396
21397 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21398 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21399 \\<picture-mode-map>
21400 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21401 afterwards settable by these commands:
21402
21403 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21404 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21405 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21406 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21407
21408 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21409 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21410 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21411 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21412
21413 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21414 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21415 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21416 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21417
21418 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21419 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21420 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21421 with these commands:
21422
21423 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21424 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21425 Move to column following last
21426 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21427 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21428 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21429 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21430 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21431 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21432
21433 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21434
21435 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21436 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21437 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21438 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21439 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21440 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21441
21442 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21443 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21444 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21445 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21446 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21447 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21448 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21449
21450 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21451 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21452 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21453 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21454 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21455 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21456 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21457 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21458
21459 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21460 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21461 by supplying an argument.
21462
21463 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21464
21465 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21466 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21467
21468 \(fn)" t nil)
21469
21470 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21471
21472 ;;;***
21473 \f
21474 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21475 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21477
21478 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21479 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21480 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21481
21482 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21483
21484 ;;;***
21485 \f
21486 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18787 48933))
21487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21488
21489 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21490 Play pong and waste time.
21491 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21492 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21493
21494 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21495
21496 \\{pong-mode-map}
21497
21498 \(fn)" t nil)
21499
21500 ;;;***
21501 \f
21502 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21503 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21504 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
21505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21506
21507 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21508 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21509 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21510 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21511
21512 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21513
21514 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21515 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21516
21517 \(fn)" nil nil)
21518
21519 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21520 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21521 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21522 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21523 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21524
21525 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21526
21527 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21528 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21529 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21530
21531 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21532
21533 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21534 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21535
21536 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21537
21538 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21539 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21540 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21541 Ignores leading comment characters.
21542
21543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21544
21545 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21546 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21547 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21548 Ignores leading comment characters.
21549
21550 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21551
21552 ;;;***
21553 \f
21554 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21555 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21556 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21557 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21558 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21559 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21560 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21561 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21562 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21563 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21564 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21565 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21566 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21567 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21568 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21569 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21570 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21571 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21572 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21573 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21574
21575 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21576 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21577
21578 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21579
21580 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21581
21582 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21583
21584 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21585 Preview directory using ghostview.
21586
21587 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21588 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21589 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21590 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21591
21592 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21593 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21594 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21595 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21596 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21597 file name.
21598
21599 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21600
21601 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21602
21603 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21604 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21605
21606 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21607 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21608 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21609 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21610
21611 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21612 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21613 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21614 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21615 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21616 file name.
21617
21618 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21619
21620 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21621
21622 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21623 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21624
21625 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21626 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21627 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21628 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21629
21630 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21631 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21632 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21633 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21634 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21635 file name.
21636
21637 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21638
21639 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21640
21641 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21642 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21643
21644 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21645
21646 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21647 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21648 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21649 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21650
21651 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21652 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21653 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21654 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21655 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21656 file name.
21657
21658 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21659
21660 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21661
21662 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21663 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21664
21665 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21666 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21667 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21668
21669 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21670 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21671 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21672 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21673
21674 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21675
21676 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21677 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21678
21679 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21680 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21681 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21682
21683 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21684 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21685 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21686 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21687
21688 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21689
21690 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21691 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21692
21693 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21694 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21695 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21696
21697 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21698 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21699 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21700 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21701
21702 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21703
21704 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21705 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21706
21707 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21708
21709 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21710 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21711 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21712
21713 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21714 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21715 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21716 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21717
21718 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21719
21720 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21721 Preview region using ghostview.
21722
21723 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21724
21725 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21726
21727 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21728 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21729
21730 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21731
21732 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21733
21734 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21735 Print region using PostScript printer.
21736
21737 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21738
21739 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21742 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21743
21744 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21745
21746 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21747
21748 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21749 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21750
21751 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21752
21753 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21754
21755 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21756 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21757
21758 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21759
21760 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21761
21762 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21763 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21764
21765 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21766
21767 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21768
21769 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21770 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21771
21772 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21773
21774 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21775
21776 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21777 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21778 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21779 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21780
21781 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21782 matching.
21783
21784 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21785 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21786
21787 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21788
21789 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21790
21791 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21792 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21793 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21794 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21795
21796 \(fn)" t nil)
21797
21798 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21799 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21800 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21801 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21802
21803 \(fn)" t nil)
21804
21805 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21806 Print directory using text printer.
21807
21808 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21809 matching.
21810
21811 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21812 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21813
21814 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21815
21816 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21817
21818 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21819 Print buffer using text printer.
21820
21821 \(fn)" t nil)
21822
21823 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21824 Print region using text printer.
21825
21826 \(fn)" t nil)
21827
21828 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21829 Print major mode using text printer.
21830
21831 \(fn)" t nil)
21832
21833 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21834 Preview spooled PostScript.
21835
21836 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21837 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21838 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21839
21840 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21841 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21842 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21843
21844 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21847 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21848
21849 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21850 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21851 instead of sending it to the printer.
21852
21853 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21854 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21855 image in a file with that name.
21856
21857 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21858
21859 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21860 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21861
21862 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21863 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21864 instead of sending it to the printer.
21865
21866 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21867 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21868 image in a file with that name.
21869
21870 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21871
21872 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21873 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21874
21875 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21876 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21877 instead of sending it to the printer.
21878
21879 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21880 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21881 image in a file with that name.
21882
21883 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21884
21885 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21886 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21887
21888 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21889
21890 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21891 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21892
21893 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21894
21895 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21896 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21897
21898 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21899
21900 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21901 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21902
21903 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21904
21905 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21906 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21907
21908 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21909
21910 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21911 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21912
21913 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21914 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21915 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21916 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21917
21918 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21919 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21920 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21921 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21922 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21923 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21924 file name.
21925
21926 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21927
21928 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21929 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21930
21931 \(fn)" t nil)
21932
21933 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21934 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21935
21936 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21937 right.
21938 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21939 bottom.
21940
21941 \(fn)" t nil)
21942
21943 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21944 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21945
21946 \(fn)" t nil)
21947
21948 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21949 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21950
21951 \(fn)" t nil)
21952
21953 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21954 Toggle printing with faces.
21955
21956 \(fn)" t nil)
21957
21958 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21959 Toggle spooling.
21960
21961 \(fn)" t nil)
21962
21963 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21964 Toggle duplex.
21965
21966 \(fn)" t nil)
21967
21968 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21969 Toggle tumble.
21970
21971 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21972 right.
21973 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21974 bottom.
21975
21976 \(fn)" t nil)
21977
21978 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21979 Toggle landscape.
21980
21981 \(fn)" t nil)
21982
21983 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21984 Toggle upside-down.
21985
21986 \(fn)" t nil)
21987
21988 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21989 Toggle line number.
21990
21991 \(fn)" t nil)
21992
21993 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21994 Toggle zebra stripes.
21995
21996 \(fn)" t nil)
21997
21998 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21999 Toggle printing header.
22000
22001 \(fn)" t nil)
22002
22003 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22004 Toggle printing header frame.
22005
22006 \(fn)" t nil)
22007
22008 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22009 Toggle menu lock.
22010
22011 \(fn)" t nil)
22012
22013 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22014 Toggle auto region.
22015
22016 \(fn)" t nil)
22017
22018 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22019 Toggle auto mode.
22020
22021 \(fn)" t nil)
22022
22023 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22024 Customization of the `printing' group.
22025
22026 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22027
22028 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22029 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22030
22031 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22032
22033 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22034 Help for the printing package.
22035
22036 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22037
22038 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22039 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22040
22041 \(fn)" t nil)
22042
22043 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22044 Interactively select a text printer.
22045
22046 \(fn)" t nil)
22047
22048 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22049 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22050
22051 \(fn)" t nil)
22052
22053 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22054 Show current ps-print settings.
22055
22056 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22057
22058 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22059 Show current printing settings.
22060
22061 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22062
22063 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22064 Show current lpr settings.
22065
22066 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22067
22068 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22069 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22070
22071 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22072 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22073 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22074 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22075
22076
22077 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22078
22079 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22080 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22081 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22082
22083 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22084 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22085 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22086 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22087 current active printer.
22088
22089 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22090 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22091 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22092 printer.
22093
22094 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22095 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22096 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22097 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22098 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22099
22100
22101 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22102 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22103
22104 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22105
22106 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22107 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22108 be done using the new current active printer.
22109
22110 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22111 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22112 printer.
22113
22114 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22115 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22116 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22117 instead of sending it to the printer.
22118
22119 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22120 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22121 printer.
22122
22123 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22124
22125
22126 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22127 are both set to t.
22128
22129 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22130
22131 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22132 Fast fire function for text printing.
22133
22134 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22135 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22136 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22137 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22138
22139 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22140 user for a new active text printer.
22141
22142 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22143
22144 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22145
22146 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22147 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22148 printer.
22149
22150 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22151
22152 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22153 are both set to t.
22154
22155 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22156
22157 ;;;***
22158 \f
22159 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18850 57238))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22161
22162 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22163 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22164 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22165 information will be displayed but not selected.
22166 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22167
22168 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22169
22170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22171
22172 ;;;***
22173 \f
22174 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22175 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
22176 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22177
22178 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22179 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22180 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22181 Commands:
22182 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22183 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22184 if that value is non-nil.
22185
22186 \(fn)" t nil)
22187
22188 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22189
22190 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22191 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22192 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22193
22194 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22195
22196 ;;;***
22197 \f
22198 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18794
22199 ;;;;;; 5653))
22200 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22201
22202 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22203 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22204 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22205
22206 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22207
22208 ;;;***
22209 \f
22210 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18830
22211 ;;;;;; 712))
22212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22213
22214 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22215 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22216
22217 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22218
22219 The following variables hold user options, and can
22220 be set through the `customize' command:
22221
22222 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22223 `ps-mode-tab'
22224 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22225 `ps-mode-print-function'
22226 `ps-run-prompt'
22227 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22228 `ps-run-x'
22229 `ps-run-dumb'
22230 `ps-run-init'
22231 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22232 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22233
22234 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22235
22236
22237 \\{ps-mode-map}
22238
22239
22240 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22241 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22242 The keymap for this second window is:
22243
22244 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22245
22246
22247 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22248 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22249 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22250 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22251 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22252
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22254
22255 ;;;***
22256 \f
22257 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22258 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22259 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22260 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22261 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22262 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18853
22263 ;;;;;; 19460))
22264 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22265
22266 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk")) "\
22267 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22268 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22269
22270 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22271
22272 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22273 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22274 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22275 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22276
22277 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22278
22279 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22280 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22281
22282 Valid values are:
22283
22284 nil Do not print colors.
22285
22286 t Print colors.
22287
22288 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22289 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22290
22291 Any other value is treated as t.")
22292
22293 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22294
22295 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22296 Customization of ps-print group.
22297
22298 \(fn)" t nil)
22299
22300 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22301 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22302
22303 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22304 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22305 sending it to the printer.
22306
22307 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22308 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22309 image in a file with that name.
22310
22311 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22312
22313 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22314 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22315 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22316 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22317 so it has a way to determine color values.
22318
22319 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22320
22321 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22322 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22323 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22324
22325 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22326
22327 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22328 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22329 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22330 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22331 so it has a way to determine color values.
22332
22333 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22334
22335 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22336 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22337 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22338 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22339
22340 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22341
22342 \(fn)" t nil)
22343
22344 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22345 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22346 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22347 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22348 so it has a way to determine color values.
22349
22350 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22351
22352 \(fn)" t nil)
22353
22354 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22355 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22356 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22357
22358 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22359
22360 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22361
22362 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22363 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22364 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22365 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22366 so it has a way to determine color values.
22367
22368 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22369
22370 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22371
22372 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22373 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22374
22375 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22376 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22377 instead of sending it to the printer.
22378
22379 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22380 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22381 image in a file with that name.
22382
22383 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22384
22385 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22386 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22387 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22388 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22389 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22390
22391 \(fn)" t nil)
22392
22393 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22394 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22395 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22396
22397 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22398
22399 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22400 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22401 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22402
22403 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22404
22405 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22406 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22407
22408 \(fn)" nil nil)
22409
22410 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22411 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22412
22413 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22414 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22415
22416 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22417 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22418
22419 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22420
22421 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22422
22423 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22424
22425 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22426 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22427
22428 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22429 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22430
22431 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22432 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22433
22434 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22435
22436 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22437
22438 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22439
22440 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22441 foreground and background colors respectively.
22442
22443 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22444 bold - use bold font.
22445 italic - use italic font.
22446 underline - put a line under text.
22447 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22448 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22449 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22450 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22451 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22452
22453 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22454
22455 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22456
22457 ;;;***
22458 \f
22459 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22460 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18848 909))
22461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22462
22463 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22464
22465 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22466
22467 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22468
22469 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22470 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22471 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22472 buffer automatically.
22473
22474 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22475 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22476 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22477 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22478 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22479 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22480 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22481
22482 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22483 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22484 buffer for a list of commands.)
22485
22486 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22487
22488 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22489 Major mode for editing Python files.
22490 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22491 for correct parsing of the source.
22492 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22493 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22494 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22495
22496 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22497 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22498 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22499 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22500 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22501 \\<python-mode-map>
22502 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22503 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22504 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22505 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22506 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22507 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22508
22509 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22510 effect outside them.
22511
22512 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22513 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22514 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22515 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22516 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22517 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22518 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22519 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22520 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22521
22522 \\{python-mode-map}
22523
22524 \(fn)" t nil)
22525
22526 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22527 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22528 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22529 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22530
22531 \(fn)" t nil)
22532
22533 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22534 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22535 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22536 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22537 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22538 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22539
22540 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22541 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22542 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22543 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22544 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22545 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22546 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22547
22548 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22549 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22550 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22551 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22552 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22553
22554 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22555 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22556 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22557 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22558 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22559 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22560 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22561 mode.
22562
22563 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22564 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22565 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22566 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22567 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22568 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22569 filter.
22570
22571 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22572
22573 ;;;***
22574 \f
22575 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22576 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22578
22579 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22580 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22581 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22582 coding-system.
22583
22584 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22585 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22586
22587 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22588 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22589 them into characters should be done separately.
22590
22591 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22592
22593 ;;;***
22594 \f
22595 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22596 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22597 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22598 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22599 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18838 52325))
22600 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22601
22602 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22603 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22604
22605 \(fn)" nil nil)
22606
22607 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22608 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22609 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22610
22611 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22612 `quail-activate', which see.
22613
22614 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22615
22616 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22617 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22618 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22619 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22620 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22621 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22622 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22623
22624 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22625 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22626 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22627 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22628 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22629 shown.
22630 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22631
22632 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22633 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22634 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22635 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22636 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22637 list of candidates.
22638
22639 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22640 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22641 command to be called.
22642
22643 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22644 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22645 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22646 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22647
22648 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22649 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22650 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22651 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22652 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22653 to t.
22654
22655 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22656 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22657 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22658 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22659
22660 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22661 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22662 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22663 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22664
22665 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22666 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22667 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22668 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22669 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22670 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22671
22672 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22673 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22674 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22675 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22676 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22677 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22678
22679 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22680 covers Quail translation region.
22681
22682 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22683 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22684 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22685 for it) is inserted.
22686
22687 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22688 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22689 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22690
22691 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22692 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22693 non-Quail commands.
22694
22695 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22696
22697 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22698 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22699
22700 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22701 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22702 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22703 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22704 you type is correctly handled.
22705
22706 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22707
22708 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22709 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22710
22711 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22712 keyboard type.
22713
22714 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22715
22716 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22717 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22718 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22719 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22720 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22721 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22722 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22723 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22724 for the translation.
22725 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22726
22727 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22728 it is used to handle KEY.
22729
22730 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22731 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22732 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22733 the following annotation types are supported.
22734
22735 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22736 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22737
22738 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22739 candidate list.
22740
22741 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22742 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22743 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22744 inserted.
22745
22746 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22747 generated for the following translations.
22748
22749 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22750
22751 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22752 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22753
22754 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22755 which to install MAP.
22756
22757 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22758
22759 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22760
22761 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22762 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22763
22764 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22765 which to install MAP.
22766
22767 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22768
22769 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22770
22771 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22772 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22773 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22774 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22775 a function, or a cons.
22776 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22777 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22778 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22779 for the translation.
22780 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22781 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22782 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22783 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22784 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22785
22786 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22787 it is used to handle KEY.
22788
22789 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22790 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22791 current Quail package.
22792
22793 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22794 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22795
22796 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22797
22798 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22799 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22800
22801 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22802 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22803
22804 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22805
22806 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22807 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22808
22809 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22810
22811 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22812 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22813 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22814 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22815 of the Emacs source tree.
22816
22817 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22818 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22819
22820 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22821 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22822 of each directory.
22823
22824 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22825
22826 ;;;***
22827 \f
22828 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22829 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22830 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18787
22831 ;;;;;; 48930))
22832 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22833
22834 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22835 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22836 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22837 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22838
22839 To make use of this do something like:
22840
22841 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22842
22843 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22844
22845 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22846 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22847
22848 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22849 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22850 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22851
22852 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22853
22854 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22855 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22856
22857 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22858
22859 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22860 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22861
22862 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22863 is decided.
22864
22865 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22866
22867 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22868 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22869
22870 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22871 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22872 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22873
22874 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22875
22876 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22877 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22878
22879 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22880
22881 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22882 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22883
22884 \(fn)" t nil)
22885
22886 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22887 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22888
22889 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22890
22891 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22892
22893 \(fn)" t nil)
22894
22895 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22896 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22897
22898 \(fn)" t nil)
22899
22900 ;;;***
22901 \f
22902 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22903 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18787 48931))
22904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22905
22906 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22907 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22908
22909 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22910
22911 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22912
22913 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22914
22915 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22916
22917 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22918 Not documented
22919
22920 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22921
22922 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22923 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22924 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22927 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22928
22929 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22930
22931 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22932 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22933
22934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22935
22936 ;;;***
22937 \f
22938 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18787
22939 ;;;;;; 48931))
22940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22941
22942 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22943 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22944 See \\[compile].
22945
22946 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22947
22948 ;;;***
22949 \f
22950 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22951 ;;;;;; (18791 16517))
22952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22953
22954 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22955
22956 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22957 Construct a regexp interactively.
22958
22959 \(fn)" t nil)
22960
22961 ;;;***
22962 \f
22963 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18787 48917))
22964 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22965
22966 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22967 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22968 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22970 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22971 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22972
22973 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22974
22975 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22976 Toggle recentf mode.
22977 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22978 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22979
22980 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22981 that were operated on recently.
22982
22983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22984
22985 ;;;***
22986 \f
22987 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22988 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22989 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22990 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18787
22991 ;;;;;; 48917))
22992 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22993 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22994 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22995 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22996 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22997 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22998 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22999
23000 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
23001 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
23002 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
23003 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
23004
23005 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
23006
23007 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
23008
23009 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23010 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23011 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23012 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23013 ends.
23014
23015 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23016 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23017 to be deleted.
23018
23019 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23020
23021 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23022 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23023 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23024
23025 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23026 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23027 deleted.
23028
23029 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23030
23031 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23032 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23033 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23034
23035 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23036
23037 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23038 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23039
23040 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23041 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23042
23043 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23044 deleted.
23045
23046 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23047 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23048 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23049 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23050 even beep.)
23051
23052 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23053
23054 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23055 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23056
23057 \(fn)" t nil)
23058
23059 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23060 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23061 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23062 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23063 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23064 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23065 and point is at the lower right corner.
23066
23067 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23068
23069 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23070 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23071
23072 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23073 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23074
23075 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23076 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23077 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23078
23079 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23080
23081 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23082
23083 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23084 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23085 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23086 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23087 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23088
23089 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23090 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23091
23092 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23093
23094 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23095 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23096 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23097
23098 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23099
23100 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23101
23102 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23103
23104 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23105 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23106
23107 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23108 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23109 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23110
23111 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23112
23113 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23114 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23115 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23116
23117 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23118 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23119 rectangle which were empty.
23120
23121 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23122
23123 ;;;***
23124 \f
23125 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18787
23126 ;;;;;; 48936))
23127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23128
23129 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23130 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23131 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23132
23133 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23134 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23135 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23136
23137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23138
23139 ;;;***
23140 \f
23141 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23142 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18787 48936))
23143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23144
23145 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23146 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23147
23148 \(fn)" nil nil)
23149
23150 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23151 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23152
23153 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23154 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23155
23156 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23157 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23158 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23159 \\ref macro.
23160
23161 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23162 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23163 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23164
23165 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23166 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23167 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23168
23169 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23170 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23171
23172 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23173 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23174
23175 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23176 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23177 on the menu bar.
23178
23179 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23180
23181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23182
23183 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23184 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23185 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23186
23187 \(fn)" nil nil)
23188
23189 ;;;***
23190 \f
23191 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23192 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23193 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23194
23195 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23196 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23197 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23198 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23199 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23200 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23201
23202 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23203
23204 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23205
23206 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23207 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23208 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23209 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23210 `reftex-cite-format'.
23211
23212 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23213 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23214 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23215 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23216
23217 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23218
23219 ;;;***
23220 \f
23221 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23222 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23224
23225 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23226 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23227 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23228 the current TeX document.
23229
23230 With no argument, this command toggles
23231 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23232 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23233
23234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23235
23236 ;;;***
23237 \f
23238 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23239 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23240 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23241
23242 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23243 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23244 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23245
23246 To insert new phrases, use
23247 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23248 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23249
23250 To index phrases use one of:
23251
23252 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23253 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23254 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23255 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23256 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23257
23258 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23259 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23260
23261 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23262
23263 Here are all local bindings.
23264
23265 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23266
23267 \(fn)" t nil)
23268
23269 ;;;***
23270 \f
23271 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23272 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23273 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23274
23275 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23276 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23277 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23278 of master file.
23279
23280 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23281
23282 ;;;***
23283 \f
23284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18787
23285 ;;;;;; 48936))
23286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23287 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23288 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23289 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23290 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23291
23292 ;;;***
23293 \f
23294 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23295 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23297
23298 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23299 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23300 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23301 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23302 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23303 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23304
23305 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23306 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23307
23308 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23309 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23310
23311 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23312
23313 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23314 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23315 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23316 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23317
23318 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23319
23320 ;;;***
23321 \f
23322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18787 48918))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23324 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23325 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23326 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23327 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23328 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23329 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23330 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23331 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23332 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23333 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23334 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23335 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23336 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23337
23338 ;;;***
23339 \f
23340 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23341 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23342 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23344
23345 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23346 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23347 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23348 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23349
23350 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23351
23352 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23353
23354 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23355 Call `remember' in another frame.
23356
23357 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23358
23359 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23360 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23361 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23362 application.
23363
23364 \(fn)" t nil)
23365
23366 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23367 Extract diary entries from the region.
23368
23369 \(fn)" nil nil)
23370
23371 ;;;***
23372 \f
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18791 16512))
23374 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23375
23376 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23377 Repeat most recently executed command.
23378 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23379 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23380 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23381
23382 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23383 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23384 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23385 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23386
23387 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23388 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23389 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23390
23391 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23392
23393 ;;;***
23394 \f
23395 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23396 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
23397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23398
23399 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23400 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23401
23402 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23403 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23404 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23405 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23406 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23407 and point is left after the salutation.
23408
23409 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23410 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23411 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23412 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23413 left after that text.
23414
23415 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23416 is non-nil.
23417
23418 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23419 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23420 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23421 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23422
23423 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23424
23425 ;;;***
23426 \f
23427 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23428 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23429 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23430
23431 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23432 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23433 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23434 visibility of comments that precede it.
23435 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23436 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23437 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23438 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23439 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23440 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23441 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23442 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23443 the comment lines.
23444 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23445 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23446 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23447 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23448 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23449
23450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23451
23452 ;;;***
23453 \f
23454 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23455 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23456 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23457
23458 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23459 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23460 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23461
23462 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23463 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23464 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23465
23466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23467
23468 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23469 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23470 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23471 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23472 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23473 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23474
23475 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23476
23477 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23478 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23479 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23480
23481 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23482 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23483 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23484
23485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23486
23487 ;;;***
23488 \f
23489 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23490 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23491 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23492
23493 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23494 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23495
23496 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23497
23498 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23499 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23500
23501 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23502
23503 ;;;***
23504 \f
23505 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18787 48931))
23506 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23507 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23508
23509 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23510 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23511 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23512 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23513
23514 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23515
23516 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23517 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23518 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23519 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23520
23521 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23522 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23523
23524 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23525 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23526
23527 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23528 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23529 INPUT-ARGS.
23530
23531 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23532 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23533 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23534 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23535 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23536
23537 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23538 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23539 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23540 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23541
23542 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23543 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23544 variable.
23545
23546 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23547
23548 ;;;***
23549 \f
23550 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23551 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23552 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23553 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23554 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail"
23555 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail.el" (18852 12908))
23556 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23557
23558 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23559 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23560 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23561
23562 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23563
23564 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23565 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23566 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23567 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23568
23569 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23570
23571 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23572 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23573 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23574 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23575 value is the user's email address and name.)
23576 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23577
23578 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23579 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23580 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23581 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23582 which normally happens once for each message,
23583 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23584 To make a change in this variable take effect
23585 for a message that you have already viewed,
23586 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23587
23588 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23589
23590 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23591 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23592 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23593 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23594
23595 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23596
23597 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23598 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23599
23600 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23601
23602 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23603 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23604 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
23605
23606 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23607
23608 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23609 List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23610 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23611 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23612 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23613
23614 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23615
23616 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23617 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23618
23619 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23620
23621 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23622 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23623
23624 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23625
23626 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23627 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23628
23629 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23630 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23631
23632 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23633
23634 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23635 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23636
23637 This is set to nil by default.")
23638
23639 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23640 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23641 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23642 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23643 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23644 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23645 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23646
23647 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23648 Read and edit incoming mail.
23649 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23650 file in RMAIL Mode.
23651 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23652
23653 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23654 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23655 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23656 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23657
23658 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23659
23660 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23661
23662 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23663 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23664 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23665 Instead, these commands are available:
23666
23667 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23668 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23669 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23670 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23671 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23672 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23673 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23674 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23675 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23676 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23677 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23678 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23679 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23680 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23681 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23682 till a deleted message is found.
23683 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23684 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23685 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23686 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23687 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23688 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23689 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23690 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23691 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23692 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23693 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23694 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23695 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23696 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23697 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23698 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23699 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23700 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23701 (label defaults to last one specified).
23702 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23703 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23704 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23705 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23706 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23707 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23708 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23709 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23710 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23711
23712 \(fn)" t nil)
23713
23714 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23715 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23716
23717 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23718
23719 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23720 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23721
23722 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23723
23724 ;;;***
23725 \f
23726 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23727 ;;;;;; (18848 16181))
23728 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23729
23730 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23731 Edit the contents of this message.
23732
23733 \(fn)" t nil)
23734
23735 ;;;***
23736 \f
23737 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23738 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23739 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18837 32928))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23741
23742 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23743 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23744 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23745 LABEL may be a symbol or string.
23746
23747 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23748
23749 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23750 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23751 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23752 LABEL may be a symbol or string.
23753
23754 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23755
23756 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23757 Read a label with completion, prompting with PROMPT.
23758 Completions are chosen from `rmail-label-obarray'. The default
23759 is `rmail-last-label', if that is non-nil. Updates `rmail-last-label'
23760 according to the choice made, and returns a symbol.
23761
23762 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23763
23764 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23765 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23766 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23767 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23768 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23769
23770 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23771
23772 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23773 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23774 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23775 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23776 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23777
23778 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23779
23780 ;;;***
23781 \f
23782 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23783 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
23784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23785
23786 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23787 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23788 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23789 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23790
23791 This applies only to the current session.
23792
23793 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23794
23795 ;;;***
23796 \f
23797 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output) "rmailout"
23798 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18844 39826))
23799 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23800
23801 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23802 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23803 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23804 case it writes Babyl.
23805
23806 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23807 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23808 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23809 `rmail-default-file'.
23810
23811 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23812 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23813 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23814
23815 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23816 the header display is currently pruned.
23817
23818 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23819 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23820 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23821 messages after output.
23822
23823 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23824 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23825 message (if writing a file directly).
23826
23827 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23828 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23829
23830 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23831
23832 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23833 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23834 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23835 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23836 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23837 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23838 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23839
23840 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23841 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23842 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23843
23844 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23845
23846 ;;;***
23847 \f
23848 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23849 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23850 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18837
23851 ;;;;;; 32929))
23852 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23853
23854 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23855 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23856 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23857
23858 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23859
23860 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23861 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23862 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23863
23864 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23865
23866 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23867 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23868 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23869
23870 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23871
23872 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23873 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23874 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23875
23876 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23877
23878 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23879 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23880 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23881
23882 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23883
23884 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23885 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23886 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23887
23888 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23889
23890 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23891 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23892 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23893 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23894
23895 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23896
23897 ;;;***
23898 \f
23899 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-by-senders
23900 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
23901 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
23902 ;;;;;; (18846 2117))
23903 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23904
23905 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23906 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23907
23908 \(fn)" t nil)
23909
23910 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23911 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23912 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23913
23914 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23915
23916 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23917 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23918 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23919 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23920 only look in the To and From fields.
23921 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23922
23923 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23924
23925 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23926 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23927 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23928 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23929 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23930
23931 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23932
23933 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23934 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23935 Normally checks just the Subject field of headers; but with prefix
23936 argument WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil, looks in the whole message.
23937 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23938
23939 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23940
23941 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23942 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23943 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23944
23945 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23946
23947 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23948 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23949 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23950 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23951 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23952 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23953 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23954
23955 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23956 sent by you under different user names.
23957 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23958
23959 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23960
23961 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23962
23963 ;;;***
23964 \f
23965 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23966 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23967 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23968
23969 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23970 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23971 Return a pattern.
23972
23973 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23974
23975 ;;;***
23976 \f
23977 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23978 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23979 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23980
23981 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23982 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23983 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23984 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23985
23986 \(fn)" t nil)
23987
23988 ;;;***
23989 \f
23990 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23991 ;;;;;; (18787 48932))
23992 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23993
23994 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23995 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23996
23997 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23998 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23999 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24000 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24001 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24002 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24003 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24004 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24005 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24006 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24007
24008 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24009 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
24010 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24011 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24012 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24013 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24014 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24015 to use for finding the schema.
24016
24017 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24018
24019 ;;;***
24020 \f
24021 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18787
24022 ;;;;;; 48932))
24023 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24024
24025 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24026
24027 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24028 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24029 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24030 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24031 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24032 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24033 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24034 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24035 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24036 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24037 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24038 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24039 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24040 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24041 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24042 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24043 must be equal.
24044
24045 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24046
24047 ;;;***
24048 \f
24049 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24050 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18821 3056))
24051 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24052
24053 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24054 Define a robin package.
24055
24056 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24057 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24058 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24059 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24060
24061 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24062 one replaces the old one.
24063
24064 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24065
24066 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24067 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24068
24069 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24070 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24071 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24072
24073 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24074
24075 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24076 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24077
24078 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24079
24080 ;;;***
24081 \f
24082 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24083 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18787 48918))
24084 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24085
24086 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24087 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24088
24089 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24090
24091 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24092 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24093
24094 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24095
24096 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24097 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24098
24099 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24100
24101 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24102 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24103 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24104
24105 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24106 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24107 in ROT13.
24108
24109 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24110
24111 \(fn)" t nil)
24112
24113 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24114 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24115
24116 \(fn)" t nil)
24117
24118 ;;;***
24119 \f
24120 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24121 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
24122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24123 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24124
24125 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24126 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24127 \\<rst-mode-map>
24128 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24129 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24130 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24131 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24132 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24133
24134 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24135 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24136 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24137 font-locking of blocks.
24138
24139 \\{rst-mode-map}
24140
24141 \(fn)" t nil)
24142
24143 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24144 ReST Minor Mode.
24145 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24146 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24147 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24148 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24149
24150 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24151 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24152 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24153
24154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24155
24156 ;;;***
24157 \f
24158 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24159 ;;;;;; (18804 45209))
24160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24161
24162 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24163 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24164 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24165 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24166 nesting into account.
24167
24168 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24169
24170 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24171
24172 \(fn)" t nil)
24173
24174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.rb\\'" . ruby-mode))
24175
24176 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons name 'ruby-mode)))
24177
24178 ;;;***
24179 \f
24180 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18787
24181 ;;;;;; 48918))
24182 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24183
24184 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24185 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24186
24187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24188
24189 ;;;***
24190 \f
24191 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18787
24192 ;;;;;; 48922))
24193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24194
24195 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24196 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24197 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24198 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24199
24200 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24201
24202 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24203 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24204 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24205
24206 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24207 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24208 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24209
24210 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24211 notation.
24212
24213 STRING
24214 matches string STRING literally.
24215
24216 CHAR
24217 matches character CHAR literally.
24218
24219 `not-newline', `nonl'
24220 matches any character except a newline.
24221
24222 `anything'
24223 matches any character
24224
24225 `(any SET ...)'
24226 `(in SET ...)'
24227 `(char SET ...)'
24228 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24229 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24230 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24231
24232 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24233 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24234 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24235 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24236
24237 `(not (any SET ...))'
24238 matches any character not in SET ...
24239
24240 `line-start', `bol'
24241 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24242 in the text being matched
24243
24244 `line-end', `eol'
24245 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24246
24247 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24248 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24249 string being matched against.
24250
24251 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24252 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24253 string being matched against.
24254
24255 `buffer-start'
24256 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24257 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24258
24259 `buffer-end'
24260 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24261 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24262
24263 `point'
24264 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24265
24266 `word-start', `bow'
24267 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24268
24269 `word-end', `eow'
24270 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24271
24272 `word-boundary'
24273 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24274 word.
24275
24276 `(not word-boundary)'
24277 `not-word-boundary'
24278 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24279 word.
24280
24281 `symbol-start'
24282 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24283
24284 `symbol-end'
24285 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24286
24287 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24288 matches 0 through 9.
24289
24290 `control', `cntrl'
24291 matches ASCII control characters.
24292
24293 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24294 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24295
24296 `blank'
24297 matches space and tab only.
24298
24299 `graphic', `graph'
24300 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24301 space, and DEL.
24302
24303 `printing', `print'
24304 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24305 and DEL.
24306
24307 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24308 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24309 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24310
24311 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24312 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24313 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24314
24315 `ascii'
24316 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24317
24318 `nonascii'
24319 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24320
24321 `lower', `lower-case'
24322 matches anything lower-case.
24323
24324 `upper', `upper-case'
24325 matches anything upper-case.
24326
24327 `punctuation', `punct'
24328 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24329 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24330
24331 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24332 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24333
24334 `word', `wordchar'
24335 matches anything that has word syntax.
24336
24337 `not-wordchar'
24338 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24339
24340 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24341 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24342 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24343 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24344
24345 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24346 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24347 `word' (\\sw)
24348 `symbol' (\\s_)
24349 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24350 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24351 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24352 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24353 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24354 `escape' (\\s\\)
24355 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24356 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24357 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24358 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24359 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24360
24361 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24362 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24363
24364 `(category CATEGORY)'
24365 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24366 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24367
24368 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24369 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24370 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24371 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24372 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24373 `symbol' (\\c5)
24374 `digit' (\\c6)
24375 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24376 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24377 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24378 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24379 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24380 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24381 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24382 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24383 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24384 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24385 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24386 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24387 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24388 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24389 `ascii' (\\ca)
24390 `arabic' (\\cb)
24391 `chinese' (\\cc)
24392 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24393 `greek' (\\cg)
24394 `korean' (\\ch)
24395 `indian' (\\ci)
24396 `japanese' (\\cj)
24397 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24398 `latin' (\\cl)
24399 `lao' (\\co)
24400 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24401 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24402 `thai' (\\ct)
24403 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24404 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24405 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24406 `can-break' (\\c|)
24407
24408 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24409 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24410
24411 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24412 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24413 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24414 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24415 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24416
24417 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24418 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24419 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24420 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24421
24422 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24423 another name for `submatch'.
24424
24425 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24426 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24427 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24428 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24429 regular expression.
24430
24431 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24432 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24433 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24434 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24435 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24436
24437 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24438 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24439
24440 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24441 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24442
24443 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24444 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24445 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24446
24447 `(* SEXP ...)'
24448 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24449 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24450
24451 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24452 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24453 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24454
24455 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24456 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24457 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24458
24459 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24460 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24461
24462 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24463 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24464
24465 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24466 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24467 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24468 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24469
24470 `(? SEXP ...)'
24471 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24472
24473 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24474 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24475
24476 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24477 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24478 matches N occurrences.
24479
24480 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24481 matches N or more occurrences.
24482
24483 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24484 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24485 matches N to M occurrences.
24486
24487 `(backref N)'
24488 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24489
24490 `(eval FORM)'
24491 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24492 `regexp-quote' it.
24493
24494 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24495 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24496
24497 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24498
24499 ;;;***
24500 \f
24501 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24502 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24503 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24504
24505 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24506 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24507 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24508 interface.")
24509
24510 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24511
24512 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24513 Toggle savehist-mode.
24514 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24515 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24516 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24517 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24518
24519 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24520 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24521 which is probably undesirable.
24522
24523 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24524
24525 ;;;***
24526 \f
24527 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24528 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
24529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24530
24531 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24532 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24533 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24534
24535 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24536 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24537 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24538 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24539 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24540 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24541 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24542 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24543
24544 Commands:
24545 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24546 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24547 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24548 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24549 if that value is non-nil.
24550
24551 \(fn)" t nil)
24552
24553 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24554 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24555 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24556
24557 Commands:
24558 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24559 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24560 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24561 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24562 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24563 that variable's value is a string.
24564
24565 \(fn)" t nil)
24566
24567 ;;;***
24568 \f
24569 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24570 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
24571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24572
24573 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24574 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24575 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24576
24577 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24578
24579 \(fn)" t nil)
24580
24581 ;;;***
24582 \f
24583 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24584 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24586
24587 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24588 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24589 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24591 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24592 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24593
24594 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24595
24596 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24597 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24598 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24599 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24600 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24601
24602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24603
24604 ;;;***
24605 \f
24606 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24607 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24608 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24609
24610 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24611 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24612 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24613 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24614 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24615 during scrolling.
24616
24617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24618
24619 ;;;***
24620 \f
24621 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24622 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24623 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24624 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24625 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24626 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24627 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24628 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24629 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18829 2709))
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24631
24632 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24633 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24634
24635 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24636 king@grassland.com
24637 If `parens', they look like:
24638 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24639 If `angles', they look like:
24640 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24641 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24642 derived from the envelope-from address.
24643
24644 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24645 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24646 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24647 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24648
24649 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24650
24651 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24652 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24653 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24654 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24655
24656 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24657 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24658 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24659 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24660
24661 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24662
24663 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24664 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24665 This is done when the message is initialized,
24666 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24667
24668 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24669
24670 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24671 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24672 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24673
24674 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24675
24676 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24677
24678 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24679 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24680 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24681 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24682 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24683 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24684 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24685
24686 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24687
24688 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24689 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24690
24691 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24692
24693 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24694 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24695 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24696
24697 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24698
24699 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24700 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24701 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24702 when you first send mail.")
24703
24704 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24705
24706 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24707 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24708 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24709 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24710 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24711
24712 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24713
24714 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24715 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24716 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24717 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24718 This file need not actually exist.")
24719
24720 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24721
24722 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24723 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24724 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24725
24726 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24727
24728 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24729 Alist of mail address aliases,
24730 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24731 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24732 can specify a different file name.)
24733 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24734 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24735
24736 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24737 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24738 nil means use indentation.")
24739
24740 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24741
24742 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24743 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24744 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24745
24746 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24747
24748 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24749 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24750 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24751 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24752 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24753 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24754 in the cited portion of the message.
24755
24756 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24757 instead of no action.")
24758
24759 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24760
24761 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24762 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24763 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24764 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24765 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24766
24767 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24768
24769 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24770 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24771 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24772 If a string, that string is inserted.
24773 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24774 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24775 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24776 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24777
24778 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24779
24780 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24781 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24782
24783 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24784
24785 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24786 Directory for mail buffers.
24787 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24788 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24789
24790 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24791
24792 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24793 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24794 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24795 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24796
24797 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24798
24799 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24800 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24801 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24802 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24803 is non-nil.")
24804
24805 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24806
24807 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24808 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24809 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24810 `query' means ask the user each time.
24811 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24812 The default is `mime'.
24813 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24814 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24815
24816 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24817
24818 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24819 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24820 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24821
24822 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24823 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24824
24825 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24826 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24827 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24828 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24829 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24830 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24831 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24832 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24833 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24834 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24835 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24836 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24837 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24838
24839 \(fn)" t nil)
24840
24841 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24842 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24843
24844 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24845 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24846
24847 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24848
24849 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24850 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24851 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24852 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24853 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24854 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24855
24856 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24857 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24858 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24859
24860 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24861 User should not set this variable manually,
24862 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24863 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24864 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24865 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24866
24867 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24868 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24869 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24870 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24871
24872 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24873 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24874
24875 \\<mail-mode-map>
24876 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24877
24878 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24879 to move to message header fields:
24880 \\{mail-mode-map}
24881
24882 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24883 when the message is initialized.
24884
24885 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24886 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24887
24888 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24889 is inserted.
24890
24891 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24892 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24893
24894 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24895 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24896 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24897 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24898 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24899 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24900 buffer without erasing the contents.
24901
24902 The second through fifth arguments,
24903 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24904 the initial contents of those header fields.
24905 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24906 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24907 original message being replied to, or else an action
24908 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24909 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24910 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24911 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24912 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24913 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24914
24915 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24916
24917 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24918 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24919
24920 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24921
24922 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24923 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24924
24925 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24926
24927 ;;;***
24928 \f
24929 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24930 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (18850
24931 ;;;;;; 57238))
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24933
24934 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24935 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24936 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24937 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24938 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24939 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24940
24941 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24942 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24943
24944 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24945 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24946 \\[server-start].
24947
24948 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24949
24950 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24951 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24952 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24953 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24954
24955 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24956
24957 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24958 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24959 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24960 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24961 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24962 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24963
24964 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24965
24966 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24967 Toggle Server mode.
24968 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24969 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24970 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24971
24972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24973
24974 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24975 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24976 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24977
24978 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24979 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24980
24981 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24982
24983 ;;;***
24984 \f
24985 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18787 48918))
24986 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24987
24988 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24989 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24990 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24991
24992 Key definitions:
24993 \\{ses-mode-map}
24994 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24995 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24996 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24997 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24998
24999 \(fn)" t nil)
25000
25001 ;;;***
25002 \f
25003 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25004 ;;;;;; (18791 16534))
25005 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25006
25007 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25008 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25009 Makes > match <.
25010 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25011 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25012
25013 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25014 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25015 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25016
25017 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25018 in your `.emacs' file.
25019
25020 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25021
25022 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25023 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25024 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25025
25026 \(fn)" t nil)
25027
25028 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
25029
25030 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25031 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25032 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25033 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25034 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25035 which this is based.
25036
25037 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25038
25039 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25040 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25041 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25042 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25043
25044 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25045 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25046 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25047
25048 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25049 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25050 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25051 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25052
25053 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25054 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25055 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25056 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25057
25058 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25059
25060 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25061 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25062 To work around that, do:
25063 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25064
25065 \\{html-mode-map}
25066
25067 \(fn)" t nil)
25068
25069 ;;;***
25070 \f
25071 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25072 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
25073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25074 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25075
25076 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25077 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25078 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25079 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25080 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25081 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25082
25083 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25084 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25085 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25086 shell-specific features.
25087
25088 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25089 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25090 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25091 \\<sh-mode-map>
25092 \\[sh-case] case statement
25093 \\[sh-for] for loop
25094 \\[sh-function] function definition
25095 \\[sh-if] if statement
25096 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25097 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25098 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25099 \\[sh-select] select loop
25100 \\[sh-until] until loop
25101 \\[sh-while] while loop
25102
25103 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25104 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25105 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25106 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25107 would indent to the way it currently is.
25108 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25109 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25110
25111
25112 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25113 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25114 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25115 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25116 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25117 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25118
25119 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25120 {, (, [, ', \", `
25121 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25122
25123 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25124 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25125 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25126
25127 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25128 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25129
25130 \(fn)" t nil)
25131
25132 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25133
25134 ;;;***
25135 \f
25136 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18787 48918))
25137 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25138
25139 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25140 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25141 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25142 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25143 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25144 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25145
25146 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25147
25148 ;;;***
25149 \f
25150 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25151 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
25152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25153
25154 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25155 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25156
25157 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25158 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25159 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25160 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25161 the earlier.
25162
25163 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25164
25165 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25166
25167 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25168 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25169 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25170
25171 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25172 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25173
25174 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25175 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25176 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25177 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25178 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25179 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25180 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25181 Emacs version).
25182
25183 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25184 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25185 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25186 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25187 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25188
25189 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25190 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25191 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25192
25193 \(fn)" t nil)
25194
25195 ;;;***
25196 \f
25197 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25198 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18787
25199 ;;;;;; 48918))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25201
25202 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25203 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25204 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25205 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25206 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25207 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25208 sites in the cluster.
25209
25210 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25211
25212 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25213 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25214 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25215 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25216 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25217
25218 \(fn)" t nil)
25219
25220 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25221 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25222 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25223 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25224 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25225 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25226 `shadow-define-cluster').
25227
25228 \(fn)" t nil)
25229
25230 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25231 Set up file shadowing.
25232
25233 \(fn)" t nil)
25234
25235 ;;;***
25236 \f
25237 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25238 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
25239 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25240
25241 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25242 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25243 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25244 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25245 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25246 arguments.")
25247
25248 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25249
25250 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25251 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25252 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25253 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25254 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25255
25256 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25257 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25258 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25259 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25260 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25261 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25262 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25263 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25264 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25265 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25266 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25267
25268 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25269 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25270 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25271 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25272 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25273 `default-process-coding-system'.
25274
25275 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25276 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25277 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25278 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25279
25280 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25281
25282 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25283 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25284
25285 ;;;***
25286 \f
25287 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25288 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18787 48928))
25289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25290
25291 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25292 Not documented
25293
25294 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25295
25296 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25297 Not documented
25298
25299 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25300
25301 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25302 Not documented
25303
25304 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25305
25306 ;;;***
25307 \f
25308 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25309 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25311
25312 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25313 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25314 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25315 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25316 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25317
25318 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25319
25320 \(fn)" t nil)
25321
25322 ;;;***
25323 \f
25324 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18791
25325 ;;;;;; 16532))
25326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25327
25328 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25329 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25330 \\{simula-mode-map}
25331 Variables controlling indentation style:
25332 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25333 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25334 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25335 `simula-indent-level'
25336 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25337 `simula-substatement-offset'
25338 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25339 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25340 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25341 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25342 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25343 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25344 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25345 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25346 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25347 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25348 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25349 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25350 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25351 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25352 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25353 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25354 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25355 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25356 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25357 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25358 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25359 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25360 or nil if they should not be changed.
25361 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25362 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25363 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25364 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25365
25366 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25367 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25368
25369 \(fn)" t nil)
25370
25371 ;;;***
25372 \f
25373 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25374 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18791 16512))
25375 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25376
25377 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25378 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25379
25380 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25381 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25382 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25383 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25384
25385 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25386
25387 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25388 Insert SKELETON.
25389 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25390 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25391 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25392 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25393 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25394
25395 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25396 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25397
25398 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25399
25400 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25401 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25402
25403 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25404 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25405 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25406 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25407
25408 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25409 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25410 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25411 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25412
25413 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25414 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25415 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25416
25417 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25418 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25419
25420 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25421 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25422
25423 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25424 _ interesting point, interregion here
25425 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25426 interesting point set by _
25427 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25428 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25429 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25430 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25431 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25432 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25433 nil skipped
25434
25435 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25436 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25437
25438 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25439 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25440 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25441 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25442 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25443 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25444 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25445 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25446
25447 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25448 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25449 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25450 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25451 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25452 available:
25453
25454 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25455 then: insert previously read string once more
25456 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25457 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25458 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25459
25460 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25461 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25462
25463 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25464
25465 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25466 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25467
25468 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25469 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25470 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25471 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25472 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25473 such as backslash.
25474
25475 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25476 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25477 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25478
25479 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25480
25481 ;;;***
25482 \f
25483 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25484 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18825 40643))
25485 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25486
25487 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25488 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25489 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25490 buffer names.
25491
25492 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25493
25494 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25495 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25496 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25497
25498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25499
25500 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25501 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25502 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25503
25504 \(fn)" t nil)
25505
25506 ;;;***
25507 \f
25508 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25509 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25511
25512 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25513 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25514 A list of images is returned.
25515
25516 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25517
25518 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25519 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25520 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25521
25522 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25523
25524 ;;;***
25525 \f
25526 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25527 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18787 48930))
25528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25529
25530 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25531 Not documented
25532
25533 \(fn)" nil nil)
25534
25535 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25536 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25537
25538 \(fn)" t nil)
25539
25540 ;;;***
25541 \f
25542 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18787 48933))
25543 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25544
25545 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25546 Play the Snake game.
25547 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25548
25549 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25550
25551 Snake mode keybindings:
25552 \\<snake-mode-map>
25553 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25554 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25555 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25556 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25557 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25558 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25559 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25560
25561 \(fn)" t nil)
25562
25563 ;;;***
25564 \f
25565 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25566 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
25567 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25568
25569 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25570 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25571 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25572 Tab indents for C code.
25573 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25574 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25575 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25576 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25577 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25578
25579 \(fn)" t nil)
25580
25581 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25582 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25583 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25584 Tab indents for C code.
25585 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25586 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25587 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25588 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25589 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25590
25591 \(fn)" t nil)
25592
25593 ;;;***
25594 \f
25595 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18787
25596 ;;;;;; 48920))
25597 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25598
25599 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25600 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25601 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25602 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25603 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25604
25605 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25606
25607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25608
25609 ;;;***
25610 \f
25611 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18787
25612 ;;;;;; 48933))
25613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25614
25615 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25616 Play Solitaire.
25617
25618 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25619 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25620 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25621 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25622 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25623 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25624 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25625 check after each move or undo.)
25626
25627 What is Solitaire?
25628
25629 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25630 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25631 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25632
25633 Le Solitaire
25634 ============
25635
25636 o o o
25637
25638 o o o
25639
25640 o o o o o o o
25641
25642 o o o . o o o
25643
25644 o o o o o o o
25645
25646 o o o
25647
25648 o o o
25649
25650 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25651 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25652 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25653 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25654
25655 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25656 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25657 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25658 this: o o .
25659
25660 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25661 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25662
25663 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25664
25665 o o o
25666
25667 . o o
25668
25669 o o . o o o o
25670
25671 o . o o o o o
25672
25673 o o o o o o o
25674
25675 o o o
25676
25677 o o o
25678
25679 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25680
25681 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25682
25683 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25684
25685 ;;;***
25686 \f
25687 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25688 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25689 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18787 48918))
25690 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25691 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25692
25693 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25694 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25695
25696 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25697 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25698 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25699 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25700 contiguous.
25701
25702 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25703 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25704 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25705 the sort order.
25706
25707 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25708 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25709
25710 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25711 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25712 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25713 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25714 is called.
25715
25716 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25717 It should move point to the end of the record.
25718
25719 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25720 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25721 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25722 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25723 starts at the beginning of the record.
25724
25725 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25726 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25727 same as ENDRECFUN.
25728
25729 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25730 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25731
25732 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25733
25734 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25735 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25736 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25737 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25738 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25739 the sort order.
25740
25741 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25742
25743 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25744 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25745 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25746 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25747 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25748 the sort order.
25749
25750 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25751
25752 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25753 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25754 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25755 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25756 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25757 the sort order.
25758
25759 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25760 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25761
25762 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25763 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25764 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25765 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25766 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25767 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25768 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25769 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25770 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25771
25772 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25773
25774 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25775 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25776 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25777 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25778 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25779 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25780 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25781 the sort order.
25782
25783 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25784
25785 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25786 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25787 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25788 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25789 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25790 is to be used for sorting.
25791 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25792 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25793 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25794 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25795 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25796
25797 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25798
25799 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25800 the sort order.
25801
25802 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25803 starting with the letter \"f\",
25804 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25805
25806 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25807
25808 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25809 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25810 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25811 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25812 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25813 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25814 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25815 the sort order.
25816
25817 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25818 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25819 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25820 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25821 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25822
25823 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25824
25825 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25826 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25827 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25828
25829 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25830
25831 ;;;***
25832 \f
25833 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18787
25834 ;;;;;; 48928))
25835 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25836
25837 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25838 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25839 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25840 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25841 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25842 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25843
25844 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25845
25846 ;;;***
25847 \f
25848 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25849 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25850 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18791 16522))
25851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25852
25853 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25854 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25855
25856 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25857 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25858 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25859
25860 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25861
25862 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25863 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25864 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25865 server.
25866
25867 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25868
25869 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25870 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25871 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25872
25873 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25874
25875 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25876 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25877 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25878 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25879 Agent is plugged.
25880
25881 \(fn)" t nil)
25882
25883 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25884 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25885 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25886 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25887
25888 \(fn)" t nil)
25889
25890 ;;;***
25891 \f
25892 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25893 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18834 13432))
25894 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25895
25896 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25897
25898 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25899 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25900 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25901 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25902 supported at a time.
25903 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25904 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25905
25906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25907
25908 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25909 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25910 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25911 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25912
25913 \(fn)" t nil)
25914
25915 ;;;***
25916 \f
25917 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25918 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18787 48936))
25919 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25920
25921 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25922
25923 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25924 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25925 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25926 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25927 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25928 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25929
25930 \(fn)" t nil)
25931
25932 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25933
25934 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25935 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25936 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25937 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25938
25939 \(fn)" t nil)
25940
25941 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25942
25943 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25944 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25945 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25946 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25947 for example, \"word\".
25948
25949 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25950
25951 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25952
25953 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25954 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25955
25956 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25957
25958 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25959
25960 ;;;***
25961 \f
25962 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18787
25963 ;;;;;; 48933))
25964 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25965
25966 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25967 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25968
25969 \(fn)" t nil)
25970
25971 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25972 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25973
25974 \(fn)" nil nil)
25975
25976 ;;;***
25977 \f
25978 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25979 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25980 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25981 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18838
25982 ;;;;;; 52325))
25983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25984
25985 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25986 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25987
25988 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25989 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25990 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25991 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25992 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25993 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25994 of the current highlighting list.
25995
25996 For example:
25997
25998 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25999 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26000
26001 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26002 `_t' as data types.
26003
26004 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26005
26006 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26007 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26008
26009 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26010 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26011
26012 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26013
26014 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
26015 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
26016 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
26017
26018 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26019
26020 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
26021 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
26022 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
26023 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
26024 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
26025 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
26026 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
26027 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
26028 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
26029
26030 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26031
26032 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26033 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26034 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26035 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26036
26037 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26038 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26039 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26040 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26041
26042 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26043 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26044 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26045
26046 \(fn)" t nil)
26047
26048 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26049 Major mode to edit SQL.
26050
26051 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26052 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26053 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26054
26055 \\{sql-mode-map}
26056 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26057
26058 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26059 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26060 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26061 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26062 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26063 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26064
26065 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26066 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26067
26068 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26069 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26070 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26071
26072 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26073 (lambda ()
26074 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26075
26076 \(fn)" t nil)
26077
26078 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26079 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26080
26081 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26082 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26083 `*SQL*'.
26084
26085 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26086
26087 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26088
26089 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26090 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26091
26092 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26093 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26094 `*SQL*'.
26095
26096 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26097 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26098 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26099 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26100
26101 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26102 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26103
26104 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26105 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26106 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26107 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26108 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26109 `default-process-coding-system'.
26110
26111 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26112
26113 \(fn)" t nil)
26114
26115 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26116 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26117
26118 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26119 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26120 `*SQL*'.
26121
26122 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26123 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26124 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26125 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26126
26127 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26128 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26129
26130 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26131 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26132 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26133 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26134 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26135 `default-process-coding-system'.
26136
26137 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26138
26139 \(fn)" t nil)
26140
26141 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26142 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26143
26144 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26145 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26146 `*SQL*'.
26147
26148 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26149 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26150
26151 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26152 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26153
26154 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26155 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26156 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26157 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26158 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26159 `default-process-coding-system'.
26160
26161 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26162
26163 \(fn)" t nil)
26164
26165 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26166 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26167
26168 SQLite is free software.
26169
26170 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26171 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26172 `*SQL*'.
26173
26174 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26175 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26176 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26177 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26178
26179 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26180 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26181
26182 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26183 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26184 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26185 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26186 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26187 `default-process-coding-system'.
26188
26189 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26190
26191 \(fn)" t nil)
26192
26193 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26194 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26195
26196 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26197
26198 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26199 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26200 `*SQL*'.
26201
26202 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26203 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26204 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26205 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26206
26207 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26208 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26209
26210 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26211 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26212 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26213 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26214 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26215 `default-process-coding-system'.
26216
26217 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26218
26219 \(fn)" t nil)
26220
26221 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26222 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26223
26224 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26225 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26226 `*SQL*'.
26227
26228 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26229 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26230 defaults, if set.
26231
26232 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26233 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26234
26235 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26236 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26237 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26238 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26239 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26240 `default-process-coding-system'.
26241
26242 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26243
26244 \(fn)" t nil)
26245
26246 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26247 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26248
26249 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26250 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26251 `*SQL*'.
26252
26253 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26254 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26255
26256 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26257 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26258
26259 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26260 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26261 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26262 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26263 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26264 `default-process-coding-system'.
26265
26266 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26267
26268 \(fn)" t nil)
26269
26270 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26271 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26272
26273 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26274 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26275 `*SQL*'.
26276
26277 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26278 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26279 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26280 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26281
26282 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26283 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26284
26285 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26286 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26287 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26288 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26289 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26290 `default-process-coding-system'.
26291
26292 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26293
26294 \(fn)" t nil)
26295
26296 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26297 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26298
26299 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26300 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26301 `*SQL*'.
26302
26303 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26304 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26305 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26306 `sql-postgres-options'.
26307
26308 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26309 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26310
26311 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26312 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26313 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26314 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26315 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26316 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26317 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26318 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26319
26320 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26321 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26322
26323 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26324
26325 \(fn)" t nil)
26326
26327 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26328 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26329
26330 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26331 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26332 `*SQL*'.
26333
26334 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26335 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26336 defaults, if set.
26337
26338 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26339 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26340
26341 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26342 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26343 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26344 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26345 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26346 `default-process-coding-system'.
26347
26348 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26349
26350 \(fn)" t nil)
26351
26352 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26353 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26354
26355 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26356 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26357 `*SQL*'.
26358
26359 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26360 automatic login.
26361
26362 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26363 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26364
26365 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26366 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26367 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26368 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26369
26370 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26371 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26372 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26373 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26374 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26375 `default-process-coding-system'.
26376
26377 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26378
26379 \(fn)" t nil)
26380
26381 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26382 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26383
26384 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26385 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26386 `*SQL*'.
26387
26388 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26389 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26390 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26391 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26392 parameters.
26393
26394 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26395 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26396 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26397 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26398 an empty password.
26399
26400 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26401 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26402
26403 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26404
26405 \(fn)" t nil)
26406
26407 ;;;***
26408 \f
26409 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26410 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26411 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26412 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26413 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18787
26414 ;;;;;; 48918))
26415 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26416
26417 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26418 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26419 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26420 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26421 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26422 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26423
26424 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26425
26426 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26427
26428 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26429 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26430 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26431 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26432 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26433 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26434 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26435
26436 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26437
26438 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26439 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26440 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26441 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26442 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26443 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26444 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26445
26446 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26447
26448 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26449 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26450 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26451
26452 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26453
26454 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26455 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26456 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26457
26458 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26459
26460 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26461 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26462
26463 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26464
26465 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26466 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26467
26468 \(fn)" t nil)
26469
26470 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26471 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26472
26473 \(fn)" t nil)
26474
26475 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26476 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26477 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26478 chronologically by command name.
26479 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26480
26481 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26482
26483 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26484 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26485 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26488 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26489
26490 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26491
26492 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26493 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26494 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26495 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26496 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26497 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26498 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26499
26500 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26501 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26502 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26503 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26504
26505 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26506
26507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26508
26509 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26510 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26511 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26512 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26513
26514 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26515
26516 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26517 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26518
26519 \(fn)" t nil)
26520
26521 ;;;***
26522 \f
26523 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26524 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 59248))
26525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26526
26527 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26528 Studlify-case the region.
26529
26530 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26531
26532 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26533 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26534
26535 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26536
26537 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26538 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26539
26540 \(fn)" t nil)
26541
26542 ;;;***
26543 \f
26544 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26545 ;;;;;; (18848 36796))
26546 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26547
26548 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26549 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26550 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26551 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26552 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26553 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26554 original message but it does require a few things:
26555
26556 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26557
26558 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26559 reply buffer.
26560
26561 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26562 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26563 original message.
26564
26565 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26566
26567 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26568
26569 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26570 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26571 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26572
26573 \(fn)" nil nil)
26574
26575 ;;;***
26576 \f
26577 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26578 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18787 48935))
26579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26580
26581 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26582 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26583 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26584 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26585 `complete-symbol'.
26586 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26587 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26588
26589 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26590 determining which symbols are considered.
26591
26592 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26593 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26594 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26595 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26596
26597 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26598
26599 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26600 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26601 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26602 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26603 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26604 completion:
26605
26606 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26607 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26608 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26609 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26610
26611 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26612
26613 ;;;***
26614 \f
26615 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18787
26616 ;;;;;; 48918))
26617 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26618
26619 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26620
26621 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26622 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26623 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26626 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26627
26628 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26629
26630 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26631 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26632 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26633 otherwise turn it off.
26634
26635 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26636 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26637 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26638
26639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26640
26641 ;;;***
26642 \f
26643 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18787 48918))
26644 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26645
26646 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26647 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26648 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26649 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26650 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26651
26652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26653
26654 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26655 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26656 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26657 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26658 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26659 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26660 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26661
26662 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26663
26664 ;;;***
26665 \f
26666 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26667 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26668 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26669 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26670 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26671 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26672 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26673 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26674 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26675 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26676 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26677 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26678 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18791 16534))
26679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26680
26681 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26682 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26683 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26684
26685 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26686
26687 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26688 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26689
26690 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26691
26692 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26693 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26694
26695 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26696
26697 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26698 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26699
26700 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26701
26702 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26703 Insert an editable text table.
26704 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26705 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26706 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26707 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26708 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26709 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26710 delimiting them.
26711
26712 Examples:
26713
26714 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26715
26716 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26717 location of point.
26718
26719 -!-
26720
26721 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26722 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26723 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26724 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26725 first cell.
26726
26727 +-----+-----+-----+
26728 |-!- | | |
26729 +-----+-----+-----+
26730
26731 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26732
26733 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26734 width, which results as
26735
26736 +--------------+-----+-----+
26737 |-!- | | |
26738 +--------------+-----+-----+
26739
26740 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26741 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26742
26743 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26744 | | |-!- |
26745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26746
26747 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26748 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26749 width information to `table-insert'.
26750
26751 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26752
26753 instead of
26754
26755 Cell width(s): 5
26756
26757 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26758 work all together.
26759
26760 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26761 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26762
26763 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26764 |-!- | | |
26765 | | | |
26766 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26767
26768 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26769
26770 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26771 |-!- | | |
26772 | | | |
26773 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26774 | | | |
26775 | | | |
26776 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26777
26778 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26779
26780 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26781 | | | |
26782 | | | |
26783 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26784 | | | |
26785 | | | |
26786 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26787 -!-
26788
26789 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26790 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26791 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26792
26793 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26794 | | | |
26795 | | | |
26796 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26797 | | | |
26798 | | | |
26799 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26800 |-!- | | |
26801 | | | |
26802 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26803
26804 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26805 results.
26806
26807 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26808 | | | |
26809 | | | |
26810 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26811 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26812 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26813 | | |expected results.-!- |
26814 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26815 | | | |
26816 | | | |
26817 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26818
26819 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26820
26821 \\{table-cell-map}
26822
26823 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26824
26825 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26826 Insert N table row(s).
26827 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26828 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26829 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26830 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26831
26832 \(fn N)" t nil)
26833
26834 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26835 Insert N table column(s).
26836 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26837 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26838 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26839 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26840
26841 \(fn N)" t nil)
26842
26843 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26844 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26845 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26846
26847 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26848
26849 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26850 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26851 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26852 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26853 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26854 all the table specific features.
26855
26856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26857
26858 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26859 Not documented
26860
26861 \(fn)" t nil)
26862
26863 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26864 Recognize all tables within region.
26865 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26866 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26867 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26868 specific features.
26869
26870 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26871
26872 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26873 Not documented
26874
26875 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26876
26877 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26878 Recognize a table at point.
26879 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26880 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26881 the table specific features.
26882
26883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26884
26885 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26886 Not documented
26887
26888 \(fn)" t nil)
26889
26890 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26891 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26892 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26893 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26894 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26895 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26896 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26897
26898 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26899
26900 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26901 Not documented
26902
26903 \(fn)" t nil)
26904
26905 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26906 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26907 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26908 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26909 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26910 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26911 specified.
26912
26913 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26914
26915 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26916 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26917 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26918 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26919 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26920 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26921 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26922 table structure.
26923
26924 \(fn N)" t nil)
26925
26926 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26927 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26928 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26929 table's rectangle structure.
26930
26931 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26932
26933 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26934 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26935 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26936 table's rectangle structure.
26937
26938 \(fn N)" t nil)
26939
26940 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26941 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26942 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26943 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26944 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26945
26946 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26947
26948 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26949 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26950 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26951
26952 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26953 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26954 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26955 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26956 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26957 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26958 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26959
26960 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26961 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26962 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26963 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26964 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26965 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26966 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26967
26968 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26969 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26970 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26971 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26972 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26973 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26974 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26975 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26976
26977 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26978
26979 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26980 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26981 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26982 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26983
26984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26985
26986 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26987 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26988 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26989
26990 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26991
26992 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26993 Split current cell vertically.
26994 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26995
26996 \(fn)" t nil)
26997
26998 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26999 Split current cell horizontally.
27000 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27001
27002 \(fn)" t nil)
27003
27004 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27005 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27006 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27007
27008 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27009
27010 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27011 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27012 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27013 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27014
27015 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27016
27017 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27018 Justify cell contents.
27019 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27020 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27021 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27022 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27023
27024 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27025
27026 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27027 Justify cells of a row.
27028 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27029 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27030
27031 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27032
27033 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27034 Justify cells of a column.
27035 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27036 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27037
27038 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27039
27040 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27041 Toggle fixing width mode.
27042 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27043 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27044 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27045
27046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27047
27048 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27049 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27050 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27051 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27052 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27053 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27054 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27055 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27056 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27057 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27058 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27059
27060 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27061
27062 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27063 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27064 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27065 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27066 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27067 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27068 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27069 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27070 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27071 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27072 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27073 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27074 untouched.
27075
27076 References used for this implementation:
27077
27078 HTML:
27079 http://www.w3.org
27080
27081 LaTeX:
27082 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27083
27084 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27085 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27086 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27087
27088 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27089
27090 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27091 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27092 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27093 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27094 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27095 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27096 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27097 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27098 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27099 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27100 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27101 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27102 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27103 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27104 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27105 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27106 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27107
27108 Example:
27109
27110 (progn
27111 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27112 (table-forward-cell 15)
27113 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27114 (table-forward-cell 16)
27115 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27116 (table-forward-cell 1)
27117 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27118
27119 (progn
27120 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27121 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27122 (table-forward-cell 1)
27123 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27124
27125 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27126
27127 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27128 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27129 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27130 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27131 consists from cells of same height.
27132
27133 \(fn N)" t nil)
27134
27135 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27136 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27137 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27138 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27139 column must consists from cells of same width.
27140
27141 \(fn N)" t nil)
27142
27143 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27144 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27145 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27146 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27147 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27148 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27149 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27150 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27151 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27152 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27153 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27154 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27155 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27156 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27157 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27158
27159
27160 Example 1:
27161
27162 1, 2, 3, 4
27163 5, 6, 7, 8
27164 , 9, 10
27165
27166 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27167 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27168 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27169 specified as 5.
27170
27171 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27172 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27173 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27174 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27175 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27176 | | 9 | 10 | |
27177 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27178
27179 Note:
27180
27181 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27182 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27183 of each row is optional.
27184
27185
27186 Example 2:
27187
27188 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27189 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27190 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27191 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27192 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27193
27194 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27195 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27196
27197 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27198 expression and raw delimiter regular
27199 expression, it parses the specified text
27200 area and extracts cell items from
27201 non-table text and then forms a table out
27202 of them.
27203
27204 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27205 creates a single cell table. The text in
27206 the specified region is placed in that
27207 cell.-*-
27208
27209 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27210 like this.
27211
27212 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27213 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27214 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27215 | |
27216 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27217 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27218 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27219 | area and extracts cell items from |
27220 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27221 | of them. |
27222 | |
27223 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27224 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27225 | the specified region is placed in that |
27226 | cell. |
27227 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27228
27229 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27230 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27231 independently.
27232
27233 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27234 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27235 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27236 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27237 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27238 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27239 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27240 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27241 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27242 | |of them. |
27243 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27244 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27245 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27246 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27247 | |cell. |
27248 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27249
27250 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27251 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27252 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27253
27254 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27255
27256 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27257 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27258 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27259 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27260 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27261
27262 \(fn)" t nil)
27263
27264 ;;;***
27265 \f
27266 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18787 48918))
27267 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27268
27269 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27270 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27271
27272 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27273
27274 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27275 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27276
27277 \(fn)" t nil)
27278
27279 ;;;***
27280 \f
27281 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18805 60886))
27282 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27283
27284 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27285 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27286 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27287 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27288 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27289 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27290 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27291
27292 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27293 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27294 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27295 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27296
27297 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27298 \\{tar-mode-map}
27299
27300 \(fn)" t nil)
27301
27302 ;;;***
27303 \f
27304 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27305 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18791 16532))
27306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27307
27308 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27309 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27310 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27311 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27312 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27313 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27314
27315 Variables controlling indentation style:
27316 `tcl-indent-level'
27317 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27318 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27319 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27320
27321 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27322 documentation for details):
27323 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27324 Controls action of TAB key.
27325 `tcl-auto-newline'
27326 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27327 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27328 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27329 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27330 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27331
27332 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27333 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27334 already exist.
27335
27336 Commands:
27337 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27338
27339 \(fn)" t nil)
27340
27341 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27342 Run inferior Tcl process.
27343 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27344 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27345
27346 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27347
27348 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27349 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27350 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27351
27352 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27353
27354 ;;;***
27355 \f
27356 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18787 48931))
27357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27358 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27359
27360 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27361 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27362 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27363 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27364
27365 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27366 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27367 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27368 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27369 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27370
27371 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27372 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27373
27374 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27375 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27376 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27377 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27378
27379 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27380
27381 ;;;***
27382 \f
27383 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27384 ;;;;;; (18846 2117))
27385 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27386
27387 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27388 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27389 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27390 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27391 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27392 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27393
27394 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27395
27396 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27397 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27398 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27399 commands to use in that buffer.
27400
27401 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27402
27403 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27404
27405 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27406 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27407
27408 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27409
27410 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27411 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27412 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27413 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27414 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27415 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27416 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27417 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27418 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27419 use in that buffer.
27420 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27421
27422 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27423
27424 ;;;***
27425 \f
27426 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18791
27427 ;;;;;; 16513))
27428 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27429
27430 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27431 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27432 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27433 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27434 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27435 program as keyboard input.
27436
27437 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27438 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27439 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27440 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27441
27442 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27443 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27444 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27445 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27446 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27447
27448 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27449
27450 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27451 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27452 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27453 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27454
27455 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27456 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27457 subprocess started.
27458
27459 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27460
27461 ;;;***
27462 \f
27463 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27464 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
27465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27466
27467 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27468 Start coverage on function under point.
27469
27470 \(fn)" t nil)
27471
27472 ;;;***
27473 \f
27474 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18787 48933))
27475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27476
27477 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27478 Play the Tetris game.
27479 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27480 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27481 as to form complete rows.
27482
27483 tetris-mode keybindings:
27484 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27485 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27486 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27487 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27488 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27489 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27490 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27491 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27492 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27493
27494 \(fn)" t nil)
27495
27496 ;;;***
27497 \f
27498 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27499 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27500 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27501 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27502 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27503 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27504 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27505 ;;;;;; (18850 59927))
27506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27507
27508 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27509 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27510
27511 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27512
27513 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27514 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27515 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27516 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27517 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27518
27519 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27520
27521 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27522 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27523 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27524 if it matches the first line of the file,
27525 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27526
27527 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27528
27529 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27530 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27531 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27532 if the variable is non-nil.")
27533
27534 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27535
27536 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27537 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27538
27539 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27540
27541 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27542 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27543 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27544 See the documentation of that variable.")
27545
27546 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27547
27548 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27549 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27550 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27551 See the documentation of that variable.")
27552
27553 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27554
27555 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27556 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27557 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27558 See the documentation of that variable.")
27559
27560 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27561
27562 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27563 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27564 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27565 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27566 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27567
27568 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27569
27570 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27571 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27572 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27573 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27574
27575 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27576
27577 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27578 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27579 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27580
27581 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27582
27583 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27584 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27585 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27586 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27587
27588 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27589
27590 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27591 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27592 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27593 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27594
27595 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27596
27597 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27598 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27599 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27600 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27601
27602 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27603 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27604 for example,
27605
27606 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27607 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27608
27609 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27610 use.")
27611
27612 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27613
27614 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27615 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27616 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27617 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27618 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27619
27620 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27621
27622 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27623
27624 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27625 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27626 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27627
27628 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27629
27630 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27631 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27632 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27633 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27634 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27635
27636 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27637
27638 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27639 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27640
27641 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27642
27643 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27644 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27645
27646 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27647
27648 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27649 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27650 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27651 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27652 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27653 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27654 says which mode to use.
27655
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27657
27658 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27659
27660 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27661
27662 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27663
27664 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27665 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27666 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27667 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27668 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27669
27670 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27671 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27672 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27673 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27674 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27675 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27676 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27677
27678 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27679 mismatched $'s or braces.
27680
27681 Special commands:
27682 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27683
27684 Mode variables:
27685 tex-run-command
27686 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27687 tex-directory
27688 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27689 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27690 tex-dvi-print-command
27691 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27692 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27693 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27694 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27695 tex-dvi-view-command
27696 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27697 tex-show-queue-command
27698 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27699 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27700
27701 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27702 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27703 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27704
27705 \(fn)" t nil)
27706
27707 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27708 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27709 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27710 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27711 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27712
27713 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27714 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27715 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27716 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27717 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27718 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27719 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27720
27721 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27722 mismatched $'s or braces.
27723
27724 Special commands:
27725 \\{latex-mode-map}
27726
27727 Mode variables:
27728 latex-run-command
27729 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27730 tex-directory
27731 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27732 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27733 tex-dvi-print-command
27734 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27735 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27736 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27737 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27738 tex-dvi-view-command
27739 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27740 tex-show-queue-command
27741 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27742 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27743
27744 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27745 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27746 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27747
27748 \(fn)" t nil)
27749
27750 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27751 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27752 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27753 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27754 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27755
27756 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27757 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27758 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27759 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27760 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27761 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27762 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27763
27764 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27765 mismatched $'s or braces.
27766
27767 Special commands:
27768 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27769
27770 Mode variables:
27771 slitex-run-command
27772 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27773 tex-directory
27774 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27775 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27776 tex-dvi-print-command
27777 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27778 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27779 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27780 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27781 tex-dvi-view-command
27782 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27783 tex-show-queue-command
27784 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27785 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27786
27787 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27788 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27789 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27790 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27791
27792 \(fn)" t nil)
27793
27794 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27795 Not documented
27796
27797 \(fn)" nil nil)
27798
27799 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27800 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27801
27802 \(fn)" t nil)
27803
27804 ;;;***
27805 \f
27806 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27807 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18787 48936))
27808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27809
27810 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27811 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27812 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27813 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27814
27815 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27816 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27817 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27818
27819 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27820
27821 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27822 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27823 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27824 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27825 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27826
27827 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27828
27829 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27830 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27831 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27832 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27833
27834 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27835 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27836 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27837 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27838
27839 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27840 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27841
27842 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27843
27844 ;;;***
27845 \f
27846 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27847 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18787 48936))
27848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27849
27850 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27851 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27852
27853 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27854
27855 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27856 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27857
27858 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27859
27860 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27861 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27862
27863 It has these extra commands:
27864 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27865
27866 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27867 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27868 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27869 modified version of TeX input format.
27870
27871 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27872 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27873 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27874 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27875
27876 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27877 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27878 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27879 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27880 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27881 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27882 in the Texinfo file.
27883
27884 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27885 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27886 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27887 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27888 move forward past the closing brace.
27889
27890 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27891 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27892
27893 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27894 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27895 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27896
27897 Here are the functions:
27898
27899 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27900 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27901 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27902
27903 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27904 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27905 texinfo-master-menu
27906
27907 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27908
27909 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27910 which menu descriptions are indented.
27911
27912 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27913 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27914 in the region.
27915
27916 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27917 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27918 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27919 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27920
27921 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27922 be the first node in the file.
27923
27924 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27925 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27926
27927 \(fn)" t nil)
27928
27929 ;;;***
27930 \f
27931 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27932 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27933 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
27934 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27935
27936 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27937 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27938 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27939 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27940
27941 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27942
27943 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27944 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27945
27946 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27947
27948 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27949 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27950
27951 \(fn)" t nil)
27952
27953 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27954 Not documented
27955
27956 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27957
27958 ;;;***
27959 \f
27960 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27961 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27962 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18787 48918))
27963 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27964
27965 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27966 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27967
27968 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27969
27970 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27971 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27972 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27973 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27974 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27975
27976 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27977 a symbol as a valid THING.
27978
27979 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27980 of the textual entity that was found.
27981
27982 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27983
27984 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27985 Return the THING at point.
27986 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27987 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27988 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27989
27990 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27991 a symbol as a valid THING.
27992
27993 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27994
27995 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27996 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27997
27998 \(fn)" nil nil)
27999
28000 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28001 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28002
28003 \(fn)" nil nil)
28004
28005 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28006 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28007
28008 \(fn)" nil nil)
28009
28010 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28011 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28012
28013 \(fn)" nil nil)
28014
28015 ;;;***
28016 \f
28017 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28018 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28019 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
28020 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28021
28022 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28023 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28024
28025 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28026
28027 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28028 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28029 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28030 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28031
28032 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28033
28034 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28035 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28036
28037 \(fn)" t nil)
28038
28039 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28040 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28041
28042 \(fn)" t nil)
28043
28044 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28045
28046 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28047 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28048
28049 \(fn)" t nil)
28050
28051 ;;;***
28052 \f
28053 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28054 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28055 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28056 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28057 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18787
28058 ;;;;;; 48929))
28059 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28060
28061 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28062 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28063 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28064
28065 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28066
28067 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28068 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28069
28070 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28071
28072 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28073 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28074 The returned string has no composition information.
28075
28076 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28077
28078 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28079 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28080
28081 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28082
28083 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28084 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28085
28086 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28087
28088 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28089 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28090 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28091 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28092
28093 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28094
28095 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28096 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28097 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28098 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28099
28100 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28101
28102 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28103 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28104 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28105
28106 \(fn)" t nil)
28107
28108 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28109 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28110 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28111
28112 \(fn)" t nil)
28113
28114 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28115 Not documented
28116
28117 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28118
28119 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28120 Not documented
28121
28122 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28123
28124 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28125 Not documented
28126
28127 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28128
28129 ;;;***
28130 \f
28131 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28132 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
28133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28134
28135 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28136 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28137 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28138 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28139 parameters.
28140 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28141
28142 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28143
28144 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28145 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28146 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28147 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28148 parameters.
28149 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28150
28151 \(fn)" t nil)
28152
28153 ;;;***
28154 \f
28155 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28156 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28157 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18787 48918))
28158 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28159
28160 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28161 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28162
28163 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28164
28165 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28166 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28167 This display updates automatically every minute.
28168 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28169 are displayed as well.
28170 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28171
28172 \(fn)" t nil)
28173
28174 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28175 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28176 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28179 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28180
28181 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28182
28183 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28184 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28185 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28186
28187 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28188 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28189 are displayed as well.
28190 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28191
28192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28193
28194 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28195 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28196 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28197 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28198
28199 \(fn)" t nil)
28200
28201 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28202 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28203 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28204 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28205
28206 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28207
28208 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28209 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28210
28211 \(fn)" t nil)
28212
28213 ;;;***
28214 \f
28215 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28216 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28217 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28218 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28219 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18791 16516))
28220 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28221
28222 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28223 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28224
28225 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28226
28227 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28228 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28229 You can use `float-time' instead.
28230
28231 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28232
28233 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28234 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28235
28236 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28237
28238 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28239 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28240
28241 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28242
28243 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28244 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28245
28246 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28247
28248 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28249 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28250 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28251
28252 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28253
28254 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28255
28256 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28257 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28258 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28259
28260 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28261
28262 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28263 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28264
28265 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28266
28267 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28268 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28269 DATE should be a date-time string.
28270
28271 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28272
28273 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28274 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28275 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28276
28277 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28278
28279 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28280 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28281
28282 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28283
28284 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28285 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28286
28287 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28288
28289 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28290 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28291 TIME should be a time value.
28292 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28293
28294 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28295
28296 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28297 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28298 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28299
28300 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28301
28302 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28303 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28304 The valid format specifiers are:
28305 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28306 %d is the number of days.
28307 %h is the number of hours.
28308 %m is the number of minutes.
28309 %s is the number of seconds.
28310 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28311 %% is a literal \"%\".
28312
28313 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28314 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28315
28316 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28317 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28318 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28319
28320 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28321 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28322 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28323
28324 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28325
28326 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28327
28328 ;;;***
28329 \f
28330 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28331 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18787 48918))
28332 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28333 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28334 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28335 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28336 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28337 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28338 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28339 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28340 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28341
28342 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28343 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28344 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28345 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28346 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28347 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28348 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28349 look like one of the following:
28350 Time-stamp: <>
28351 Time-stamp: \" \"
28352 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28353 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28354 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28355 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28356 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28357 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28358 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28359 the template.
28360
28361 \(fn)" t nil)
28362
28363 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28364 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28365 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28366
28367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28368
28369 ;;;***
28370 \f
28371 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28372 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28373 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28374 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28375 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
28376 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28377
28378 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28379 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28380 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28381 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28382 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28383 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28384 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28385 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28386 display (non-nil means on).
28387
28388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28389
28390 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28391 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28392 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28393 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28394 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28395 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28396 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28397 this function is called within a day.
28398
28399 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28400 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28401 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28402 discover the name of the project.
28403
28404 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28405
28406 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28407 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28408 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28409 begun during the last time segment.
28410
28411 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28412 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28413 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28414 discover the reason.
28415
28416 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28417
28418 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28419 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28420 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28421 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28422 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28423
28424 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28425
28426 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28427 Change to working on a different project.
28428 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28429 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28430 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28431 working on.
28432
28433 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28434
28435 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28436 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28437 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28438
28439 \(fn)" nil nil)
28440
28441 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28442 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28443 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28444
28445 \(fn)" t nil)
28446
28447 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28448 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28449 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28450 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28451 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28452 \"relative to today\".
28453
28454 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28455
28456 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28457 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28458 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28459 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28460
28461 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28462
28463 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28464 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28465 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28466 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28467 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28468 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28469
28470 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28471
28472 ;;;***
28473 \f
28474 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28475 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18837 32927))
28476 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28477
28478 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28479 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28480 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28481 the generated Quail package is saved.
28482
28483 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28484
28485 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28486 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28487 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28488 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28489 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28490 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28491 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28492
28493 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28494
28495 ;;;***
28496 \f
28497 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28498 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18791 16513))
28499 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28500 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28501 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28502
28503 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28504 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28505 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28506 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28507 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28508
28509 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28510
28511 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28512 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28513 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28514 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28515 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28516
28517 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28518
28519 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28520 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28521 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28522 in the menu in two ways:
28523 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28524 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28525 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28526
28527 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28528 keymap or an alist of alists.
28529 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28530 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28531
28532 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28533
28534 ;;;***
28535 \f
28536 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28537 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28538 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18817 51432))
28539 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28540
28541 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28542 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28543
28544 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28545
28546 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28547 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28548
28549 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28550
28551 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28552 Insert new TODO list entry.
28553 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28554 category.
28555
28556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28557
28558 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28559 List top priorities for each category.
28560
28561 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28562 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28563
28564 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28565 between each category.
28566
28567 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28568
28569 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28570 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28571 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28572 between each category.
28573
28574 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28575
28576 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28577
28578 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28579 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28580
28581 \\{todo-mode-map}
28582
28583 \(fn)" t nil)
28584
28585 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28586 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28587
28588 \(fn)" nil nil)
28589
28590 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28591 Show TODO list.
28592
28593 \(fn)" t nil)
28594
28595 ;;;***
28596 \f
28597 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28598 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28599 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18792 39484))
28600 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28601
28602 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28603 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28604 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28605
28606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28607
28608 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28609
28610 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28611 Add an item to the tool bar.
28612 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28613 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28614 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28615 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28616
28617 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28618 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28619 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28620 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28621
28622 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28623 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28624
28625 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28626
28627 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28628 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28629 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28630 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28631 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28632 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28633
28634 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28635 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28636 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28637 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28638
28639 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28640
28641 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28642 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28643 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28644 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28645 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28646 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28647 properties to add to the binding.
28648
28649 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28650
28651 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28652 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28653
28654 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28655
28656 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28657 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28658 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28659 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28660 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28661 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28662 properties to add to the binding.
28663
28664 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28665 holds a keymap.
28666
28667 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28668
28669 ;;;***
28670 \f
28671 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28672 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28673 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28674
28675 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28676 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28677 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28680 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28681
28682 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28683
28684 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28685 TPU/edt emulation.
28686
28687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28688
28689 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28690
28691 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28692 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28693
28694 \(fn)" t nil)
28695
28696 ;;;***
28697 \f
28698 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28699 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28701
28702 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28703 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28704
28705 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28706 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28707 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28708 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28709 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28710
28711 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28712 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28713 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28714 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28715 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28716
28717 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28718 (tpu-edt)
28719
28720 Known Problems:
28721
28722 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28723 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28724 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28725 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28726 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28727 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28728
28729 \(fn)" t nil)
28730
28731 ;;;***
28732 \f
28733 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18787 48923))
28734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28735
28736 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28737 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28738 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28739 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28740 to a tcp server on another machine.
28741
28742 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28743
28744 ;;;***
28745 \f
28746 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28747 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18787 48923))
28748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28749
28750 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28751 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28752
28753 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28754
28755 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28756 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28757 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28758 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28759 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28760 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28761 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28762 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28763
28764 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28765
28766 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28767 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28768 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28769 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28770 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28771 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28772 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28773 the window or buffer configuration.
28774
28775 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28776
28777 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28778
28779 ;;;***
28780 \f
28781 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28782 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28783 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28784 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18821 42520))
28785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28786
28787 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28788 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28789 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28790
28791 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28792
28793 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28794 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28795
28796 It can have the following values:
28797
28798 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28799 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28800 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28801
28802 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28803
28804 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28805 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28806 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28807 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28808
28809 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28810 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28811 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28812 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28813
28814 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28815 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28816 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28817
28818 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28819 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28820 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28821 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28822 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28823 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28824 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28825 files which are not really Tramp files.
28826
28827 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28828 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28829 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28830 updated after changing this variable.
28831
28832 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28833
28834 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28835 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28836 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28837 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28838
28839 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28840 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28841 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28842 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28843
28844 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28845 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28846 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28847 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28848
28849 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28850 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28851 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28852
28853 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28854 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28855 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28856
28857 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28858 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28859 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28860 updated after changing this variable.
28861
28862 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28863
28864 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28865 Alist of completion handler functions.
28866 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28867 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28868 normal Emacs functions.")
28869
28870 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28871 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28872 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28873 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28874
28875 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28876 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28877 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28878 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28879
28880 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28881 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28882 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28883
28884 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28885
28886 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28887 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28888 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28889
28890 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28891 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28892 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28893
28894 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28895 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28896 (add-hook
28897 'after-init-hook
28898 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28899
28900 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28901 Not documented
28902
28903 \(fn)" nil nil)
28904
28905 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28906 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28907
28908 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28909
28910 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28911 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28912
28913 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28914
28915 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28916 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28917
28918 \(fn)" t nil)
28919
28920 ;;;***
28921 \f
28922 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28923 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28925
28926 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28927 Not documented
28928
28929 \(fn)" nil nil)
28930
28931 ;;;***
28932 \f
28933 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18787
28934 ;;;;;; 48918))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28936
28937 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28938 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28939 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28940 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28941 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28942 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28943 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28944 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28945
28946 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28947 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28948 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28949
28950 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28951 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28952 resumed later.
28953
28954 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28955
28956 ;;;***
28957 \f
28958 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28959 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
28960 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28961
28962 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28963 Not documented
28964
28965 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28966
28967 ;;;***
28968 \f
28969 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28970 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18791 16534))
28971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28972 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28973 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28974 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28975
28976 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28977 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28978 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28979 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28980 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28981 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28982 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28983
28984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28985
28986 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28987 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28988 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28989 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28990
28991 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28992
28993 \(fn)" t nil)
28994
28995 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28996 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28997 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28998 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28999 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29000 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29001 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29002
29003 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29004 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29005
29006 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29007 \\___/\\
29008 / \\
29009 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29010
29011 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29012
29013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29014
29015 ;;;***
29016 \f
29017 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29018 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29019 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29020 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29021 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
29022 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29023
29024 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29025 Toggle typing break mode.
29026 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29028 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29029
29030 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29031
29032 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29033 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29034
29035 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29036
29037 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29038 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29039
29040 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29041 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29042 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29043
29044 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29045 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29046
29047 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29048
29049 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29050 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29051
29052 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29053 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29054 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29055 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29056
29057 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29058
29059 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29060 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29061 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29062
29063 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29064 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29065 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29066 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29067 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29068 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29069
29070 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29071 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29072 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29073 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29074
29075 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29076 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29077
29078 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29079 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29080
29081 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29082
29083 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29084 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29085 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29086
29087 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29088 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29089 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29090 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29091 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29092 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29093 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29094
29095 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29096 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29097
29098 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29099 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29100 reset the keystroke counter.
29101
29102 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29103 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29104 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29105 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29106
29107 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29108 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29109 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29110 `type-break-schedule' command.
29111
29112 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29113 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29114 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29115 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29116 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29117 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29118 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29119 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29120 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29121
29122 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29123 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29124 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29125 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29126 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29127
29128 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29129 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29130 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29131 approximate good values for this.
29132
29133 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29134 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29135
29136 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29137 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29138 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29139 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29140 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29141 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29142
29143 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29144 a typing break occur. They include:
29145
29146 `type-break-query-mode'
29147 `type-break-query-function'
29148 `type-break-query-interval'
29149
29150 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29151
29152 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29153 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29154 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29155 problems.
29156
29157 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29158
29159 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29160 Take a typing break.
29161
29162 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29163 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29164
29165 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29166 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29167
29168 \(fn)" t nil)
29169
29170 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29171 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29172 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29173 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29174
29175 \(fn)" t nil)
29176
29177 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29178 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29179
29180 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29181 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29182 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29183 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29184 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29185 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29186 average typing speed.)
29187
29188 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29189 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29190 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29191 the computed maximum threshold.
29192
29193 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29194 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29195 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29196 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29197 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29198
29199 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29200
29201 ;;;***
29202 \f
29203 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (18820 21794))
29204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29205
29206 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29207 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29208 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29209 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29210 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29211
29212 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29213
29214 ;;;***
29215 \f
29216 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29217 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18787 48936))
29218 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29219
29220 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29221 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29222 Works by overstriking underscores.
29223 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29224 which specify the range to operate on.
29225
29226 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29227
29228 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29229 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29230 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29231 which specify the range to operate on.
29232
29233 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29234
29235 ;;;***
29236 \f
29237 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29238 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18828 23019))
29239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29240
29241 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29242 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29243 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29244
29245 \(fn)" t nil)
29246
29247 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29248 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29249 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29250 following the containing message.
29251
29252 \(fn)" t nil)
29253
29254 ;;;***
29255 \f
29256 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29257 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
29258 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29259
29260 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29261 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29262 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29263 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29264 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29265 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29266
29267 \(fn)" nil nil)
29268
29269 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29270 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29271
29272 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29273
29274 ;;;***
29275 \f
29276 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18787
29277 ;;;;;; 48923))
29278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29279
29280 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29281 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29282 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29283 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29284
29285 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29286
29287 ;;;***
29288 \f
29289 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29290 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18787 48937))
29291 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29292
29293 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29294 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29295 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29296
29297 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29298 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29299 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29300 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29301 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29302 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29303
29304 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29305 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29306 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29307
29308 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29309 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29310 the callback is not called).
29311
29312 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29313 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29314 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29315 take effect.
29316
29317 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29318
29319 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29320 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29321 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29322 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29323 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29324
29325 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29326
29327 ;;;***
29328 \f
29329 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29330 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18787 48936))
29331 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29332
29333 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29334 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29335 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29336
29337 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29338 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29339 `url-generic-parse-url'
29340 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29341 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29342 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29343 realm
29344 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29345 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29346 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29347 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29348 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29349 what type of auth to use
29350 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29351 if one cannot be found in the cache
29352
29353 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29354
29355 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29356 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29357
29358 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29359 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29360 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29361 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29362 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29363 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29364 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29365 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29366
29367 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29368
29369 ;;;***
29370 \f
29371 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29372 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18787
29373 ;;;;;; 48936))
29374 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29375
29376 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29377 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29378
29379 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29380
29381 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29382 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29383
29384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29385
29386 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29387 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29388
29389 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29390
29391 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29392 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29393
29394 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29395
29396 ;;;***
29397 \f
29398 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18791 16534))
29399 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29400
29401 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29402 Not documented
29403
29404 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29405
29406 ;;;***
29407 \f
29408 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29409 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18787 48936))
29410 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29411
29412 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29413 Not documented
29414
29415 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29416
29417 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29418 Not documented
29419
29420 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29421
29422 ;;;***
29423 \f
29424 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18829
29425 ;;;;;; 63990))
29426 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29427
29428 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29429 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29430
29431 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29432
29433 ;;;***
29434 \f
29435 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29436 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18787 48936))
29437 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29438
29439 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29440 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29441
29442 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29443
29444 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29445 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29446 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29447 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29448 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29449
29450 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29451
29452 ;;;***
29453 \f
29454 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29455 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29456 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29457 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29458
29459 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29460 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29461 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29463 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29464 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29465
29466 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29467
29468 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29469 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29470
29471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29472
29473 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29474 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29475 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29476 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29477
29478 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29479
29480 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29481 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29482 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29483 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29484 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29485 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29486 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29487 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29488 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29489
29490 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29491
29492 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29493 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29494 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29495 accessible.
29496
29497 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29498
29499 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29500 Not documented
29501
29502 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29503
29504 ;;;***
29505 \f
29506 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29507 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18787 48936))
29508 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29509
29510 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29511 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29512 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29513 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29514 CBARGS as the arguments.
29515
29516 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29517
29518 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29519 Not documented
29520
29521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29522
29523 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29524
29525 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29526 Not documented
29527
29528 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29529
29530 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29531 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29532 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29533
29534 Property list members:
29535
29536 methods
29537 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29538 supports.
29539
29540 dav
29541 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29542 supported.
29543
29544 dasl
29545 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29546
29547 ranges
29548 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29549
29550 p3p
29551 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29552 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29553 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29554 Emacs/W3.
29555
29556 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29557
29558 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29559 Default HTTPS port.")
29560
29561 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29562 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29563 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29564
29565 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29566 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29567 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29568 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29569 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29570
29571 ;;;***
29572 \f
29573 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18787 48936))
29574 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29575
29576 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29577 Not documented
29578
29579 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29580
29581 ;;;***
29582 \f
29583 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18787
29584 ;;;;;; 48936))
29585 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29586
29587 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29588 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29589 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29590 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29591 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29592
29593 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29594
29595 ;;;***
29596 \f
29597 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29598 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29599 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29600
29601 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29602 Not documented
29603
29604 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29605
29606 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29607 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29608
29609 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29610
29611 ;;;***
29612 \f
29613 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29614 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18787 48937))
29615 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29616
29617 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29618 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29619
29620 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29621
29622 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29623 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29624
29625 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29626
29627 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29628 Not documented
29629
29630 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29631
29632 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29633
29634 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29635
29636 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29637
29638 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29639 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29640
29641 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29642
29643 ;;;***
29644 \f
29645 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29646 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29647 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29648
29649 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29650 Not documented
29651
29652 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29653
29654 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29655 Not documented
29656
29657 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29658
29659 ;;;***
29660 \f
29661 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29662 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29663 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29664 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29665
29666 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29667 Not documented
29668
29669 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29672 Not documented
29673
29674 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29675
29676 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29677 Not documented
29678
29679 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29680
29681 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29682 Not documented
29683
29684 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29685
29686 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29687 Not documented
29688
29689 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29690
29691 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29692 Not documented
29693
29694 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29695
29696 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29697 Not documented
29698
29699 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29700
29701 ;;;***
29702 \f
29703 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29704 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18787 48937))
29705 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29706
29707 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29708 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29709
29710 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29711
29712 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29713 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29714 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29715 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29716
29717 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29718
29719 ;;;***
29720 \f
29721 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29722 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29723 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29724
29725 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29726 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29727
29728 \(fn)" t nil)
29729
29730 ;;;***
29731 \f
29732 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29733 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29734 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29735 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29736 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29737 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29738 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18834 13433))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29740
29741 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29742 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29743 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29744
29745 If t, all messages will be logged.
29746 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29747 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29748
29749 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29750
29751 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29752 Not documented
29753
29754 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29755
29756 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29757 Not documented
29758
29759 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29760
29761 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29762 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29763 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29764 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29765 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29766 & ==> &amp;
29767 < ==> &lt;
29768 > ==> &gt;
29769 \" ==> &quot;
29770
29771 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29772
29773 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29774 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29775 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29776
29777 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29778
29779 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29780 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29781 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29782
29783 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29784
29785 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29786 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29787
29788 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29789
29790 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29791 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29792
29793 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29794
29795 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29796 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29797
29798 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29799
29800 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29801 Not documented
29802
29803 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29804
29805 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29806 Not documented
29807
29808 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29809
29810 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29811 Not documented
29812
29813 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29814
29815 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29816
29817 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29818 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29819
29820 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29821
29822 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29823 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29824
29825 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29826
29827 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29828 Not documented
29829
29830 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29831
29832 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29833 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29834 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29835 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29836 forbidden in URL encoding.
29837
29838 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29839
29840 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29841 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29842 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29843 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29844 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29845 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29846
29847 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29848
29849 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29850 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29851 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29852 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29853
29854 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29855
29856 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29857 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29858 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29859
29860 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29861
29862 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29863 View the current document's URL.
29864 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29865 the minibuffer.
29866
29867 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29868
29869 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29870
29871 ;;;***
29872 \f
29873 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29874 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18787 48918))
29875 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29876
29877 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29878 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29879 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29880 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29881 to refrain from editing the file
29882 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29883 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29884 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29885 in any way you like.
29886
29887 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29888
29889 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29890 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29891 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29892 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29893 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29894
29895 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29896 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29897
29898 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29899
29900 ;;;***
29901 \f
29902 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29903 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29904 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18787 48928))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29906
29907 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29908 Not documented
29909
29910 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29911
29912 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29913 Not documented
29914
29915 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29916
29917 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29918 Not documented
29919
29920 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29921
29922 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29923 Not documented
29924
29925 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29926
29927 ;;;***
29928 \f
29929 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29930 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29931 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
29932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29933
29934 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29935 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29936 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29937 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29938
29939 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29940
29941 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29942 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29943 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29944
29945 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29946
29947 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29948 Uudecode region between START and END.
29949 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29950
29951 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29952
29953 ;;;***
29954 \f
29955 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29956 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29957 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag
29958 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window vc-diff
29959 ;;;;;; vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29960 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18787 48919))
29961 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29962
29963 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29964 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29965 See `run-hooks'.")
29966
29967 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29968
29969 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29970 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29971 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29972
29973 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29974
29975 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29976 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29977 See `run-hooks'.")
29978
29979 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29980
29981 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29982 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29983 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29984
29985 For locking systems:
29986 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29987 control.
29988 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29989 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29990 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29991 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29992 it performs a revert on that file.
29993 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29994 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29995 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29996 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29997 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29998 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29999 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30000
30001 For merging systems:
30002 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30003 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30004 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30005 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30006 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30007 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30008 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30009 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30010 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30011
30012 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30013
30014 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30015 Register into a version control system.
30016 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30017 Otherwise register the current file.
30018 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30019 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30020
30021 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30022 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30023 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30024 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30025 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30026 first backend that could register the file is used.
30027
30028 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30029
30030 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30031 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30032
30033 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30034
30035 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30036 Display diffs between file revisions.
30037 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30038 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30039 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30040
30041 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30042 saving the buffer.
30043
30044 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30045
30046 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30047 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30048 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30049 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30050
30051 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30052
30053 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30054 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30055 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30056 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30057
30058 \(fn)" t nil)
30059
30060 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30061 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30062 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30063 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30064 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30065 from the current branch.
30066
30067 See Info node `Merging'.
30068
30069 \(fn)" t nil)
30070
30071 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30072
30073 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30074 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30075 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30076 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30077 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30078 checked out in that new branch.
30079
30080 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30081
30082 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30083 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30084 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30085 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30086 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30087 allowed and simply skipped).
30088
30089 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30090
30091 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30092 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30093 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30094
30095 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30096
30097 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30098 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30099 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30100 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30101
30102 \(fn)" t nil)
30103
30104 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30105 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30106 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30107 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30108
30109 \(fn)" t nil)
30110
30111 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30112
30113 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30114 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30115 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30116 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30117 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30118 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30119
30120 \(fn)" t nil)
30121
30122 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30123 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30124 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30125 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30126 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30127 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30128 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30129
30130 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30131
30132 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30133 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30134 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30135 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30136 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30137 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30138 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30139 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30140 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30141
30142 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30143
30144 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30145 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30146
30147 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30148
30149 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30150 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30151 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30152 directory.
30153
30154 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30155
30156 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30157 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30158 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30159
30160 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30161 log entries should be gathered.
30162
30163 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30164
30165 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30166 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30167
30168 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30169
30170 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30171 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30172
30173 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30174
30175 ;;;***
30176 \f
30177 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18787
30178 ;;;;;; 48918))
30179 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30180
30181 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30182 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30183
30184 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30185 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30186 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30187 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30188 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30189 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30190
30191 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30192 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30193 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30194 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30195 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30196 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30197 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30198 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30199
30200 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30201
30202 Customization variables:
30203
30204 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30205 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30206 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30207 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30208
30209 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30210
30211 ;;;***
30212 \f
30213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18787 48918))
30214 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30215 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30216 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30217 (progn
30218 (load "vc-arch")
30219 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30220
30221 ;;;***
30222 \f
30223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18825 40643))
30224 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30225
30226 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30227 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30228
30229 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30230 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30231 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30232 (progn
30233 (load "vc-bzr")
30234 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30235
30236 ;;;***
30237 \f
30238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18787 48919))
30239 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30240 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30241 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30242 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30243 (load "vc-cvs")
30244 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30245
30246 ;;;***
30247 \f
30248 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18853 19460))
30249 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30250
30251 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30252 Show the VC status for DIR.
30253 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30254 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30255
30256 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30257
30258 ;;;***
30259 \f
30260 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30261 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30262 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30263
30264 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30265 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30266 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30267 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30268 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30269 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30270 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30271 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30272 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30273 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30274 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30275 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30276 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30277
30278 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30279
30280 ;;;***
30281 \f
30282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18834 56792))
30283 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30284 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30285 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30286 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30287 (progn
30288 (load "vc-git")
30289 (vc-git-registered file))))
30290
30291 ;;;***
30292 \f
30293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18799 16231))
30294 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30295 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30296 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30297 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30298 (progn
30299 (load "vc-hg")
30300 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30301
30302 ;;;***
30303 \f
30304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18787 48919))
30305 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30306
30307 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30308
30309 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30310 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30311 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30312 (progn
30313 (load "vc-mtn")
30314 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30315
30316 ;;;***
30317 \f
30318 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30319 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30320 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30321
30322 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30323 Where to look for RCS master files.
30324 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30325
30326 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30327
30328 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30329
30330 ;;;***
30331 \f
30332 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30333 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30334 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30335
30336 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30337 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30338 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30339
30340 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30341 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30342
30343 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30344 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30345 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30346 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30347
30348 ;;;***
30349 \f
30350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18834 13432))
30351 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30352 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30353 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30354 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30355 "_svn")
30356 (t ".svn"))))
30357 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30358 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30359 (file-name-directory f)))
30360 (load "vc-svn")
30361 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30362
30363 ;;;***
30364 \f
30365 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30366 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
30367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30368 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30369
30370 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30371 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30372
30373 Usage:
30374 ------
30375
30376 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30377 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30378 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30379 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30380
30381 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30382 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30383 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30384 completions.
30385
30386 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30387 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30388
30389 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30390 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30391
30392 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30393 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30394 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30395
30396 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30397
30398
30399 Maintenance:
30400 ------------
30401
30402 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30403 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30404
30405 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30406
30407 Official distribution is at
30408 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30409
30410
30411 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30412 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30413
30414 Key bindings:
30415 -------------
30416
30417 \\{vera-mode-map}
30418
30419 \(fn)" t nil)
30420
30421 ;;;***
30422 \f
30423 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30424 ;;;;;; (18836 39031))
30425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30426
30427 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30428 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30429 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30430 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30431 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30432
30433 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30434
30435 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30436 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30437
30438 Supports highlighting.
30439
30440 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30441 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30442
30443 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30444
30445 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30446 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30447 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30448 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30449 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30450 on the left side of your screen.
30451 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30452 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30453 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30454 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30455 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30456 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30457 function keyword.
30458 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30459 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30460 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30461 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30462 if (a)
30463 begin
30464 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30465 Indentation for case statements.
30466 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30467 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30468 mark after an end.
30469 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30470 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30471 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30472 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30473 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30474 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30475 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30476 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30477 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30478 if (a)
30479 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30480 otherwise you get:
30481 if (a)
30482 begin
30483 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30484 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30485 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30486 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30487 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30488 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30489 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30490 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30491 comments in tight quarters.
30492 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30493 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30494
30495 Variables controlling other actions:
30496
30497 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30498 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30499 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30500
30501 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30502
30503 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30504
30505 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30506 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30507 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30508
30509 Some other functions are:
30510
30511 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30512 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30513 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30514 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30515 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30516
30517 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30518 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30519 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30520 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30521
30522 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30523 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30524 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30525 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30526 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30527 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30528 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30529 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30530 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30531 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30532 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30533 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30534 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30535 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30536 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30537 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30538 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30539 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30540 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30541 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30542 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30543 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30544 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30545 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30546 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30547 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30548 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30549 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30550
30551 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30552 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30553
30554 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30555
30556 \(fn)" t nil)
30557
30558 ;;;***
30559 \f
30560 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30561 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
30562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30563
30564 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30565 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30566
30567 Usage:
30568 ------
30569
30570 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30571 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30572 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30573 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30574 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30575 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30576 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30577 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30578 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30579
30580 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30581 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30582 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30583 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30584
30585 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30586 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30587 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30588 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30589 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30590
30591 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30592 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30593
30594
30595 HEADER INSERTION:
30596 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30597 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30598 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30599
30600
30601 STUTTERING:
30602 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30603 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30604 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30605 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30606
30607 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30608 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30609 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30610 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30611 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30612
30613
30614 WORD COMPLETION:
30615 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30616 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30617 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30618 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30619
30620 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30621 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30622 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30623 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30624 beginning with \"std\").
30625
30626 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30627 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30628 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30629 stop.
30630
30631
30632 COMMENTS:
30633 `--' puts a single comment.
30634 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30635 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30636 with a comment in between.
30637 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30638 out following lines.
30639 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30640 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30641
30642 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30643 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30644 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30645 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30646 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30647 non-nil.
30648
30649 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30650 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30651 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30652 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30653 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30654 multi-line comments.
30655
30656
30657 INDENTATION:
30658 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30659 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30660 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30661 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30662
30663 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30664 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30665 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30666 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30667
30668 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30669 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30670 and vice versa.
30671
30672 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30673 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30674
30675
30676 ALIGNMENT:
30677 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30678 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30679 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30680 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30681 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30682 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30683 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30684 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30685
30686 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30687 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30688 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30689 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30690 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30691 is non-nil.
30692
30693 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30694 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30695 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30696
30697 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30698 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30699
30700
30701 CODE FILLING:
30702 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30703 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30704 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30705 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30706 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30707 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30708
30709
30710 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30711 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30712 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30713 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30714 command:
30715
30716 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30717
30718
30719 PORT TRANSLATION:
30720 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30721 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30722 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30723 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30724 internal signal initializations (menu).
30725
30726 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30727 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30728 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30729
30730 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30731 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30732 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30733 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30734 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30735 in subsequent paste operations.)
30736
30737 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30738 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30739 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30740
30741
30742 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30743 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30744 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30745 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30746 association list with formals).
30747
30748
30749 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30750 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30751 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30752 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30753 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30754 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30755 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30756 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30757 `vhdl-testbench'.
30758
30759
30760 KEY BINDINGS:
30761 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30762
30763
30764 VHDL MENU:
30765 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30766
30767
30768 FILE BROWSER:
30769 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30770 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30771 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30772
30773 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30774 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30775
30776
30777 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30778 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30779 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30780 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30781
30782 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30783 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30784 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30785
30786 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30787 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30788 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30789 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30790
30791 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30792 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30793 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30794 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30795 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30796
30797 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30798 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30799 required by secondary units.
30800
30801
30802 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30803 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30804 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30805 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30806 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30807 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30808 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30809 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30810 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30811 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30812 inputs to this component -> input port created
30813 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30814 outputs from this component -> output port created
30815 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30816 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30817
30818 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30819 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30820 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30821 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30822 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30823
30824 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30825 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30826
30827 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30828 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30829 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30830 component instantiation is also supported (option
30831 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30832
30833 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30834 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30835 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30836 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30837 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30838 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30839 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30840 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30841 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30842 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30843 | generating the configuration.
30844 |
30845 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30846 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30847 | configurations in speedbar.
30848
30849 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30850
30851
30852 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30853 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30854 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30855 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30856 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30857 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30858 information. New compilers can be added.
30859
30860 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30861 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30862
30863
30864 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30865 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30866 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30867 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30868 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30869
30870 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30871 command:
30872
30873 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30874 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30875 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30876
30877 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30878 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30879 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30880 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30881 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30882 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30883 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30884
30885 Limitations:
30886 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30887 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30888 not (yet) supported.
30889 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30890 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30891 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30892
30893
30894 PROJECTS:
30895 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30896 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30897 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30898 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30899 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30900 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30901 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30902 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30903
30904 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30905 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30906 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30907 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30908 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30909 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30910 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30911 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30912 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30913 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30914 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30915
30916
30917 SPECIAL MENUES:
30918 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30919 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30920 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30921 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30922 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30923 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30924 current directory for VHDL source files.
30925
30926
30927 VHDL STANDARDS:
30928 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30929 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30930
30931
30932 KEYWORD CASE:
30933 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30934 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30935 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30936 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30937 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30938 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30939 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30940 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30941
30942
30943 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30944 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30945 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30946 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30947 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30948 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30949 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30950
30951 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30952 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30953 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30954 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30955 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30956 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30957
30958 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30959 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30960 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30961 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30962 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30963 visually.
30964
30965 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30966 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30967 highlighted if written in lower case.
30968
30969 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30970 highlighted using a different background color if option
30971 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30972
30973 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30974 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30975 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30976 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30977 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30978
30979
30980 USER MODELS:
30981 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30982 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30983 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30984
30985
30986 HIDE/SHOW:
30987 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30988 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30989 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30990 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30991 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30992
30993
30994 CODE UPDATING:
30995 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30996 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30997 Limitations:
30998 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30999 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31000 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31001 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31002 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31003 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31004 (used to obtain the port names).
31005
31006
31007 CODE FIXING:
31008 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31009 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31010
31011
31012 PRINTING:
31013 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31014 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31015 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31016 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31017 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31018 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31019 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31020 printers.
31021
31022
31023 OPTIONS:
31024 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31025 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31026 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31027 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31028 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31029
31030 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31031 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31032 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31033 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31034 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31035 INSTALL file).
31036
31037 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31038 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31039
31040
31041 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31042 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31043 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31044 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31045
31046 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31047
31048
31049 HINTS:
31050 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31051 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31052
31053 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31054
31055 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31056
31057 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31058
31059
31060 RELEASE NOTES:
31061 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31062
31063
31064 Maintenance:
31065 ------------
31066
31067 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31068 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31069
31070 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31071
31072 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31073 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31074 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31075 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31076
31077 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31078 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31079 where the latest version can be found.
31080
31081
31082 Known problems:
31083 ---------------
31084
31085 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31086 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31087 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31088
31089
31090 The VHDL Mode Authors
31091 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31092
31093 Key bindings:
31094 -------------
31095
31096 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31097
31098 \(fn)" t nil)
31099
31100 ;;;***
31101 \f
31102 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18791 16518))
31103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31104
31105 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31106 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31107 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31108 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31109
31110 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31111 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31112 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31113 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31114 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31115
31116 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31117 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31118
31119 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31120
31121 * Limitations and unsupported features
31122 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31123 not supported.
31124 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31125 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31126
31127 * Modifications
31128 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31129 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31130 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31131 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31132 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31133 for undoing a repeated change command.
31134 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31135 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31136 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31137
31138 * Extensions
31139 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31140 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31141 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31142 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31143 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31144 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31145 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31146 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31147
31148 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31149
31150 \(fn)" t nil)
31151
31152 ;;;***
31153 \f
31154 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31155 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31156 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31157 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18787 48929))
31158 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31159
31160 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31161 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31162
31163 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31164
31165 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31166 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31167 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31168 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31169
31170 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31171
31172 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31173 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31174
31175 \(fn)" t nil)
31176
31177 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31178 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31179 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31180 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31181
31182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31183
31184 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31185 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31186
31187 \(fn)" t nil)
31188
31189 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31190 Not documented
31191
31192 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31193
31194 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31195 Not documented
31196
31197 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31198
31199 ;;;***
31200 \f
31201 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31202 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31203 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31204 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31205 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18787 48919))
31206 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31207
31208 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31209 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31210 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31211
31212 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31213
31214 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31215 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31216 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31217 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31218
31219 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31220
31221 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31222 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31223
31224 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31225
31226 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31227 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31228 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31229 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31230 moving around in the buffer.
31231 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31232 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31233
31234 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31235
31236 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31237
31238 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31239 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31240 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31241 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31242
31243 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31244 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31245 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31246 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31247 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31248
31249 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31250
31251 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31252
31253 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31254 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31255 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31256 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31257 buffer.
31258
31259 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31260 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31261 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31262 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31263 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31264
31265 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31266
31267 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31268
31269 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31270 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31271 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31272 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31273 moving around in the buffer.
31274 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31275 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31276
31277 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31278
31279 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31280 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31281 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31282
31283 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31284 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31285 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31286 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31287
31288 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31289
31290 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31291 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31292 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31293 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31294 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31295 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31297 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31298
31299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31300
31301 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31302 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31303 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31304
31305 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31306
31307 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31308 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31309 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31310 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31311 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31312 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31313 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31314 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31315
31316 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31317
31318 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31319 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31320 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31321
31322 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31323
31324 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31325 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31326 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31327 turn it off.
31328
31329 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31330 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31331 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31332 read-only.
31333 \\<view-mode-map>
31334 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31335 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31336 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31337 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31338 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31339
31340 H, h, ? This message.
31341 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31342 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31343 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31344 > move to the end of buffer.
31345 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31346 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31347 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31348 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31349 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31350 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31351 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31352 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31353 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31354 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31355 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31356 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31357 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31358 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31359 Use this to view a changing file.
31360 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31361 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31362 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31363 . set the mark.
31364 x exchanges point and mark.
31365 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31366 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31367 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31368 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31369 ' go to position saved in character register.
31370 s do forward incremental search.
31371 r do reverse incremental search.
31372 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31373 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31374 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31375 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31376 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31377 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31378 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31379 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31380 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31381 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31382 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31383 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31384 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31385 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31386 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31387 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31388 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31389
31390 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31391 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31392 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31393 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31394 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31395 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31396 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31397 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31398 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31399
31400 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31401
31402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31403
31404 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31405 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31406 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31407 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31408 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31409 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31410 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31411 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31412 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31413
31414 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31415
31416 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31417 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31418 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31419 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31420 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31421 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31422 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31423
31424 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31425 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31426 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31427 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31428 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31429 1) nil Do nothing.
31430 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31431 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31432 frame.
31433 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31434 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31435 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31436 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31437
31438 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31439
31440 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31441
31442 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31443
31444 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31445 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31446
31447 \(fn)" t nil)
31448
31449 ;;;***
31450 \f
31451 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18791
31452 ;;;;;; 16518))
31453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31454
31455 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31456 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31457
31458 \(fn)" nil nil)
31459
31460 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31461 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31462
31463 \(fn)" t nil)
31464
31465 ;;;***
31466 \f
31467 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31468 ;;;;;; (18791 16518))
31469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31470
31471 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31472 Toggle Viper on/off.
31473 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31474
31475 \(fn)" t nil)
31476
31477 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31478 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31479
31480 \(fn)" t nil)
31481
31482 ;;;***
31483 \f
31484 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31485 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
31486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31487
31488 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31489 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31490 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31491 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31492 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31493 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31494 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31495 the beginning of the warning.")
31496
31497 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31498 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31499 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31500 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31501 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31502 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31503 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31504 also call that function before the next warning.")
31505
31506 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31507 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31508
31509 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31510 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31511 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31512 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31513
31514 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31515 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31516 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31517 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31518 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31519 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31520
31521 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31522 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31523 Default is :warning.
31524
31525 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31526 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31527 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31528 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31529 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31530 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31531
31532 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31533 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31534 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31535
31536 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31537
31538 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31539 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31540
31541 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31542
31543 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31544 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31545 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31546 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31547
31548 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31549 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31550 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31551 can be whatever you like.)
31552
31553 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31554 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31555
31556 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31557 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31558 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31559 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31560 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31561
31562 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31563
31564 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31565 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31566 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31567 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31568 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31569
31570 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31571
31572 ;;;***
31573 \f
31574 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31575 ;;;;;; (18791 16514))
31576 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31577
31578 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31579 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31580 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31581 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31582 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31583 in disk.
31584
31585 See `wdired-mode'.
31586
31587 \(fn)" t nil)
31588
31589 ;;;***
31590 \f
31591 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18787 48931))
31592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31593
31594 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31595 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31596
31597 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31598 hotlist.
31599
31600 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31601 <nwv@acm.org>.
31602
31603 \(fn)" t nil)
31604
31605 ;;;***
31606 \f
31607 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31608 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
31609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31610 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31611 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31612
31613 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31614
31615 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31616 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31617 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31619 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31620 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31621
31622 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31623
31624 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31625 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31626 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31627 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31628
31629 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31630 and off otherwise.
31631
31632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31633
31634 ;;;***
31635 \f
31636 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31637 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31638 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31639 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18787 48919))
31640 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31641
31642 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31643 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31644
31645 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31646 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31647 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31648 Only useful with a windowing system.
31649
31650 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31651 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31652
31653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31654
31655 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31656 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31657
31658 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31659 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31660 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31661 Only useful with a windowing system.
31662
31663 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31664 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31665 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31666 use `whitespace-mode'.
31667
31668 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31669
31670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31671
31672 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31673 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31674 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31676 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31677 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31678
31679 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31680
31681 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31682 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31683
31684 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31685 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31686 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31687 Only useful with a windowing system.
31688
31689 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31690 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31691
31692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31693
31694 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31695 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31696 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31699 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31700
31701 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31702
31703 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31704 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31705
31706 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31707 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31708 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31709 Only useful with a windowing system.
31710
31711 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31712 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31713 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31714 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31715
31716 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31717
31718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31719
31720 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31721 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31722
31723 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31724 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31725
31726 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31727 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31728
31729 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31730
31731 CHAR MEANING
31732 (VIA FACES)
31733 t toggle TAB visualization
31734 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31735 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31736 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31737 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31738 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31739 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31740 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31741 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31742 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31743 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31744 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31745 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31746 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31747 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31748 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31749
31750 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31751 T toggle TAB visualization
31752 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31753 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31754
31755 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31756 ? display brief help
31757
31758 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31759 The valid symbols are:
31760
31761 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31762 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31763 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31764 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31765 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31766 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31767 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31768 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31769 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31770 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31771 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31772 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31773 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31774 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31775 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31776 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31777
31778 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31779 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31780 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31781
31782 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31783
31784 Only useful with a windowing system.
31785
31786 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31787
31788 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31789
31790 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31791 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31792
31793 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31794 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31795
31796 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31797 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31798
31799 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31800
31801 CHAR MEANING
31802 (VIA FACES)
31803 t toggle TAB visualization
31804 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31805 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31806 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31807 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31808 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31809 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31810 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31811 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31812 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31813 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31814 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31815 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31816 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31817 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31818 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31819
31820 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31821 T toggle TAB visualization
31822 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31823 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31824
31825 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31826 ? display brief help
31827
31828 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31829 The valid symbols are:
31830
31831 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31832 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31833 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31834 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31835 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31836 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31837 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31838 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31839 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31840 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31841 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31842 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31843 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31844 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31845 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31846 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31847
31848 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31849 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31850 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31851
31852 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31853
31854 Only useful with a windowing system.
31855
31856 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31857
31858 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31859
31860 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31861 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31862
31863 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31864 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31865 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31866 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31867 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31868
31869 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31870
31871 The problems cleaned up are:
31872
31873 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31874 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31875 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31876 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31877
31878 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31879 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31880 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31881 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31882 SPACEs.
31883 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31884 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31885 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31886 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31887
31888 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31889 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31890 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31891 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31892 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31893 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31894 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31895 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31896
31897 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31898 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31899 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31900
31901 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31902 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31903 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31904 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31905 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31906 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31907 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31908 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31909
31910 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31911 documentation.
31912
31913 \(fn)" t nil)
31914
31915 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31916 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31917
31918 The problems cleaned up are:
31919
31920 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31921 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31922 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31923 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31924 SPACEs.
31925 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31926 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31927 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31928 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31929
31930 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31931 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31932 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31933 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31934 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31935 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31936 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31937 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31938
31939 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31940 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31941 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31942
31943 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31945 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31946 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31947 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31948 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31949 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31950 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31951
31952 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31953 documentation.
31954
31955 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31956
31957 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31958 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31959
31960 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31961 non-nil.
31962
31963 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31964 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31965 `whitespace-style' to have:
31966
31967 empty
31968 trailing
31969 indentation
31970 space-before-tab
31971 space-after-tab
31972
31973 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31974 whitespace problems in buffer.
31975
31976 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31977
31978 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31979 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31980 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31981 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31982 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31983 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31984 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31985
31986 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31987 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31988 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31989 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31990 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31991 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31992 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31993
31994 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31995 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31996 cleaning up these problems.
31997
31998 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31999
32000 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32001 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32002
32003 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32004 non-nil.
32005
32006 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32007 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32008 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32009
32010 empty
32011 indentation
32012 space-before-tab
32013 trailing
32014 space-after-tab
32015
32016 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32017 whitespace problems in buffer.
32018
32019 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32020
32021 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32022 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32023 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32024 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32025 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32026 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32027 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32028
32029 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32030 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32031 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32032 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32033 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32034 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32035 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32036
32037 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32038 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32039 cleaning up these problems.
32040
32041 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32042
32043 ;;;***
32044 \f
32045 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32046 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18787 48919))
32047 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32048
32049 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32050 Browse the widget under point.
32051
32052 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32053
32054 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32055 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32056
32057 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32058
32059 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32060 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32061
32062 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32063
32064 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32065 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32066 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32067
32068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32069
32070 ;;;***
32071 \f
32072 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32073 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18787
32074 ;;;;;; 48919))
32075 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32076
32077 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32078 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32079
32080 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32081
32082 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32083 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32084 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32085
32086 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32087
32088 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32089 Create widget of TYPE.
32090 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32091
32092 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32093
32094 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32095 Delete WIDGET.
32096
32097 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32098
32099 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32100 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32101
32102 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32103
32104 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32105 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32106 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32107
32108 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32109 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32110
32111 \(fn)" nil nil)
32112
32113 ;;;***
32114 \f
32115 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32116 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18787
32117 ;;;;;; 48919))
32118 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32119
32120 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32121 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32122 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32123 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32124 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32125 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32126 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32127
32128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32129
32130 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32131 Select the window above the current one.
32132 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32133 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32134 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32135 negative ARG) of the current window.
32136 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32137
32138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32139
32140 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32141 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32142 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32143 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32144 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32145 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32146 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32147
32148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32149
32150 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32151 Select the window below the current one.
32152 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32153 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32154 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32155 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32156 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32157
32158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32159
32160 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32161 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32162 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32163 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32164
32165 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32166
32167 ;;;***
32168 \f
32169 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32170 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32171 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32172
32173 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32174 Toggle Winner mode.
32175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32176 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32177
32178 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32179
32180 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32181 Toggle Winner mode.
32182 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32183
32184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32185
32186 ;;;***
32187 \f
32188 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32189 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18787 48919))
32190 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32191
32192 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32193 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32194 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32195 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32196 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32197
32198 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32199
32200 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32201 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32202 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32203 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32204 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32205 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32206 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32207 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32208
32209 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32210 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32211
32212 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32213
32214 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32215 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32216
32217 \(fn)" t nil)
32218
32219 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32220 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32221 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32222 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32223 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32224 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32225 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32226 `woman' command for further details.
32227
32228 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32229
32230 ;;;***
32231 \f
32232 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32233 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
32234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32235
32236 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32237 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32238
32239 BUGS:
32240 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32241 are not implemented
32242 - Options for search and replace
32243 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32244 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32245
32246 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32247 Emacs-like.
32248
32249 The key bindings are:
32250
32251 C-a backward-word
32252 C-b fill-paragraph
32253 C-c scroll-up-line
32254 C-d forward-char
32255 C-e previous-line
32256 C-f forward-word
32257 C-g delete-char
32258 C-h backward-char
32259 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32260 C-j help-for-help
32261 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32262 C-l ws-repeat-search
32263 C-n open-line
32264 C-p quoted-insert
32265 C-r scroll-down-line
32266 C-s backward-char
32267 C-t kill-word
32268 C-u keyboard-quit
32269 C-v overwrite-mode
32270 C-w scroll-down
32271 C-x next-line
32272 C-y kill-complete-line
32273 C-z scroll-up
32274
32275 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32276 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32277 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32278 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32279 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32280 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32281 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32282 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32283 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32284 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32285 C-k b ws-begin-block
32286 C-k c ws-copy-block
32287 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32288 C-k f find-file
32289 C-k h ws-show-markers
32290 C-k i ws-indent-block
32291 C-k k ws-end-block
32292 C-k p ws-print-block
32293 C-k q kill-emacs
32294 C-k r insert-file
32295 C-k s save-some-buffers
32296 C-k t ws-mark-word
32297 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32298 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32299 C-k v ws-move-block
32300 C-k w ws-write-block
32301 C-k x kill-emacs
32302 C-k y ws-delete-block
32303
32304 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32305 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32306 C-o j justify-current-line
32307 C-o k kill-buffer
32308 C-o l list-buffers
32309 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32310 C-o r set-fill-column
32311 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32312 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32313 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32314 C-o wo other-window
32315 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32316
32317 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32318 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32319 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32320 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32321 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32322 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32323 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32324 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32325 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32326 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32327 C-q a ws-query-replace
32328 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32329 C-q c end-of-buffer
32330 C-q d end-of-line
32331 C-q f ws-search
32332 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32333 C-q l ws-undo
32334 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32335 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32336 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32337 C-q w ws-last-error
32338 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32339 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32340
32341 \(fn)" t nil)
32342
32343 ;;;***
32344 \f
32345 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (18787 48931))
32346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32347
32348 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32349 Perform an interactive search.
32350 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32351 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32352 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32353 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32354
32355 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32356 Example:
32357
32358 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32359
32360 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32361
32362 ;;;***
32363 \f
32364 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32365 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32366 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32367
32368 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32369 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32370 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32371 Returns the top node with all its children.
32372 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32373 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32374
32375 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32376
32377 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32378 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32379 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32380 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32381 is not well-formed XML.
32382 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32383 and returned as the first element of the list.
32384 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32385
32386 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32387
32388 ;;;***
32389 \f
32390 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32391 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18787 48932))
32392 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32393
32394 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32395 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32396 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32397 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32398 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32399 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32400 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32401 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32402 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32403 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32404
32405 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32406
32407 ;;;***
32408 \f
32409 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18827
32410 ;;;;;; 8828))
32411 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32412
32413 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32414 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32415 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32416 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32417 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32418 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32419
32420 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32421
32422 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32423 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32424 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32425 it off.
32426
32427 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32428 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32429 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32430 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32431 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32432 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32433
32434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32435
32436 ;;;***
32437 \f
32438 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32439 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18787 48928))
32440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32441
32442 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32443 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32444
32445 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32446
32447 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32448 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32449
32450 \(fn)" nil nil)
32451
32452 ;;;***
32453 \f
32454 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32455 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18787 48933))
32456 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32457
32458 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32459 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32460
32461 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32462
32463 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32464 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32465
32466 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32467
32468 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32469 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32470 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32471
32472 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32473
32474 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32475 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32476
32477 \(fn)" t nil)
32478
32479 ;;;***
32480 \f
32481 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18787 48933))
32482 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32483
32484 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32485 Zone out, completely.
32486
32487 \(fn)" t nil)
32488
32489 ;;;***
32490 \f
32491 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-install.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el")
32642 ;;;;;; (18853 59155 478313))
32643
32644 ;;;***
32645 \f
32646 (provide 'loaddefs)
32647 ;; Local Variables:
32648 ;; version-control: never
32649 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32650 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32651 ;; coding: utf-8
32652 ;; End:
32653 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here